329
Sven Lang Roland Schmid ASM ERP SAP AG SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP 6.0 Details VERSION 1.1 - 04 th December 2008 Please use this a guidance for EhP4 content and as an early education and information at your discretion. Check the service marketplace: http://service.sap.com/erp-ehp for updates and more information regularly. For feedback and comments please contact Sven Lang or Roland Schmid

Functionality EHP4 Final

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: Functionality EHP4 Final

Sven Lang Roland Schmid ASM ERP SAP AG

SAP Enhancement Package 4

for SAP ERP 6.0

Details

VERSION 1.1 - 04th December 2008

Please use this a guidance for EhP4 content and as an early

education and information at your discretion.

Check the service marketplace:

http://service.sap.com/erp-ehp for updates and more

information regularly.

For feedback and comments please contact Sven Lang or

Roland Schmid

Page 2: Functionality EHP4 Final

2 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

1 Legal disclaimer This document is not subject to your license agreement or any other agreement with SAP. SAP has no

obligation to pursue any course of business outlined in this document or to develop or release any

functionality mentioned in this document. This document and SAP's strategy and possible future

developments are subject to change and may be changed by SAP at any time for any reason without notice.

This document is provided without a warranty of any kind, either express or implied, including but not

limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, or non-infringement.

SAP assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions in this document, except if such damages were caused

by SAP intentionally or grossly negligent.

Page 3: Functionality EHP4 Final

3 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

2 Instructions how to read this document

Purpose of this document

This document provides you an overview about all new capabilities delivered with SAP Enhancement

Packages 4 for SAP ERP.

How to navigate

This document is structure by

■ solution area ■ key capability or industry ■business functions or ES bundles ■ feature

Example: 1 ANALYTICS -> Level 1: Functional Area according to Solution Map 1.1 FINANCIAL ANALYTICS -> Level 2: Key capability according to Solution Map or Industry 1.1.1 REPORTING FINANCIALS 2

(BF: FIN_REP_SIMPL_2 - EHP: 4) -> Level 3: Business Function 1.1.1.1 Simplified reporting for Closing -> Level 4: Feature

A business functions is marked with an technical name for example BF: FIN_ACC_ILM - EhP: 4. The

Business Functions contain new functionality as well as simplification and represents the level where

customer can switch on functionality in the system. Please find more information about the

enhancement package concept and some installation guidelines on service.sap.com/erp-ehp.

Please use the overview index and the detailed index to gain a first overview and use the links behind

the page numbers to navigate directly to the area of your interest.

What kind of information delivers this document

On the following pages you can get the most important information regarding each business function

as an umbrella of several features and information about each specific feature within a business

function. You can also find rough information about ES-Bundles (just description available).

For Business Functions

Description

Early Adopters

Headline (catch phrase)

Business Benefits

For each Feature

Class/Level of Innovation Level of Innovation: New Capability or

Improvement of exisiting feature Class: Simplification, functionality or ESOA

Description

Pain Points

Business Benefits

Valuable for

Page 4: Functionality EHP4 Final

4 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

3 Overview Index

1 LEGAL DISCLAIMER 2

2 INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO READ THIS DOCUMENT 3

3 OVERVIEW INDEX 4

4 DETAILED INDEX 5

5 ANALYTICS 7

6 CORPORATE SERVICES 16

7 CROSS SAP ERP 47

8 END-USER SERVICE DELIVERY 53

9 FINANCIALS 58

10 HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 101

11 INDUSTRIES 139

12 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURING 326

13 SALES AND SERVICE 328

Page 5: Functionality EHP4 Final

5 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

4 Detailed Index

1 LEGAL DISCLAIMER 2

2 INSTRUCTIONS HOW TO READ THIS DOCUMENT 3

3 OVERVIEW INDEX 4

4 DETAILED INDEX 5

5 ANALYTICS 7

5.1 FINANCIAL ANALYTICS 7

5.2 SIMPLIFIED REPORTING FOR ASSET ACCOUNTING 9

5.3 STRATEGIC ENTERPRISE MANAGEMENT 9

6 CORPORATE SERVICES 16

6.1 EH&S COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT 16

6.2 ENTERPRISE ASSET MANAGEMENT 17

6.3 PROJECT AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT 31

6.4 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 33

6.5 REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT 36

6.6 TRAVEL MANAGEMENT 43

7 CROSS SAP ERP 47

7.1 CROSS SAP ERP 47

8 END-USER SERVICE DELIVERY 53

8.1 END-USER SERVICE DELIVERY 53

9 FINANCIALS 58

9.1 CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 58

9.2 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING 62

9.3 FINANCIAL SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 80

9.4 MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING 88

9.5 TREASURY 89

10 HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 101

Page 6: Functionality EHP4 Final

6 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

10.1 <GENERAL> 101

10.2 TALENT MANAGEMENT 108

10.3 WORKFORCE PROCESS MANAGEMENT 128

11 INDUSTRIES 139

11.1 SAP FOR AEROSPACE & DEFENSE 139

11.2 SAP FOR AUTOMOTIVE 147

11.3 SAP FOR BANKING 151

11.4 SAP FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS 159

11.5 SAP FOR DEFENSE & SECURITY 161

11.6 SAP FOR HEALTHCARE 167

11.7 SAP FOR HIGHER EDUCATION & RESEARCH 183

11.8 SAP FOR INSURANCE 192

11.9 SAP FOR MEDIA 210

11.10 SAP FOR MILL PRODUCTS 247

11.11 SAP FOR MINING 252

11.12 SAP FOR OIL & GAS 254

11.13 SAP FOR PUBLIC SECTOR 255

11.14 SAP FOR RETAIL 315

11.15 TRANSPORTATION MANAGEMENT 324

12 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND MANUFACTURING 326

12.1 <GENERAL> 326

13 SALES AND SERVICE 328

13.2 AFTERMARKET SALES AND SERVICE 328

13.3 SALES ORDER MANAGEMENT 328

Page 7: Functionality EHP4 Final

7 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

5 Analytics

5.1 Financial Analytics

5.1.1 Reporting Financials 2 (BF: FIN_REP_SIMPL_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Use new reports from SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence and overviews (POWER lists) with a

uniform look and easy-to-use user interface. You can display them in SAP NetWeaver Portal or SAP

NetWeaver Business Client and decide where to read the data from when you call a report.

Early Adopters:

Customers without legacy reports and customers interested in real-time reporting with the front-end

tools of SAP NetWeaver BI. For small and midsize customers without SAP NetWeaver BI, the

reporting content of this business function significantly lowers the hurdle of using reporting tools by

offering lean reporting options.

Headline:

Simplify Reporting Financials with Attractive, State-of-the-Art Reporting Tools

Business Benefits:

Unifies look and feel of financial reports and sports an attractive user interface. - Reduces learning

costs. - Offers scalability in back-end technology. - Allows switching between direct access for lean

back-end scenarios and replicated data for high-volume environments.

5.1.1.1 Simplified reporting for closing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The reports provide status information for each close task in the task list and an overview of the

progress of the task list with respect to schedule. Users can create alerts that notify them if close

tasks are delayed or taking longer than planned. The new reports also show the close status per

business unit. This is particularly important in a shared service environment, where one unit might

perform a close task for multiple business units, but each business unit needs to have status

information concerning the degree of completion in its unit.

Pain Points:

The current application focuses on the users responsible for executing the close tasks and provides

them with access to the tasks themselves, status information, and any spool requests, job logs, and

error logs created when the tasks were scheduled. The new reports provide high-level status

Page 8: Functionality EHP4 Final

8 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

information that document whether all tasks are complete for a given business unit and provide the

basis for active alerting if a deadline is exceeded or a task takes substantially longer than planned.

Business Benefits:

The local close is a time-critical process where multiple stakeholders work interactively to close the

books on time. The new reporting functions provide parties other than the accountants executing the

close with information concerning the status and progress of the close. That allows them to initiate

corrective action if delays are expected, especially if they would affect the global close

(consolidation).

Target Group:

Corporate controllers and other users in corporate finance, including compliance officers

5.1.1.2 Simplified reporting for profitability analysis

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Provides sample reports based on operating concern S_GO that display net sales, contribution

margins, operating profit, and target turnover in an easy-to-use interface

Pain Points:

Profitability reports need to be made available to all stakeholders in a timely fashion and provide

easy-to-read actionable information

Business Benefits:

Simplifies and streamlines the reporting process for profitability analysis

Target Group:

Controllers and business unit analysts

5.1.1.3 Simplified reporting for investment management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

Reports cover all stages of the investment management life cycle from planning and budgeting to

availability control and replanning, and address all objects associated with investment management

(investment programs, items, appropriation requests, orders and work breakdown structure

elements).

Page 9: Functionality EHP4 Final

9 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Provide easy-to-use reports that provide key business information concerning budget availability by

investment program

Business Benefits:

Simplifies and streamlines reporting process for investment management

Target Group:

Corporate controllers and investment managers

5.2 Simplified reporting for asset accounting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

Provides modern easy-to-use reports for the following areas: asset history sheet, asset balances,

asset transactions, planned depreciation, posted depreciation, comparison of depreciation,

depreciation forecast, inventory list, and assets not posted.

Pain Points:

Asset accounting provides detailed information on all financial transactions affecting fixed assets.

There are many standard reports that focus on the life cycle of the asset from acquisition to

retirement. The most important reports have been simplified.

Business Benefits:

Simplifies and streamlines reporting process for asset accounting

Target Group:

Asset accountants and corporate finance

5.3 Strategic Enterprise Management

5.3.1 Cost Estimate and Simulation (BF: FIN_PDCE_COSTQUOT_CI_1 - EhP:

4)

5.3.1.1 Description:

Functional enhancements and performance improvements for cost and quotation management with

the costing engine of SAP SEM and content of the product design cost estimate (PDCE).

Page 10: Functionality EHP4 Final

10 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Early Adopters:

SAP CQM customers and PDCE customers who want to benefit from the improvements

Headline:

Additional Functionality Enhances Flexibility and Scalability of PDCE

Business Benefits:

Additional functionality enhances flexibility and scalability of PDCE

5.3.1.2 Batch import for PDCE objects

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

It is now possible to schedule and manage data packages to select and import data from legacy

systems in batch mode

Pain Points:

Complex selection and time-consumption to fill data from legacy systems into PDCE for further

processing

Business Benefits:

Time-consuming mass imports can be set to run during low system load time. Automatic updates can

be scheduled. Automation of manual tasks. Improved data integrity and real-time update and

synchronization between systems involved in the business process.

Target Group:

Functionality will be used by administrators. A daily business user benefits from automated data

processing.

5.3.1.3 Enhanced where-used list

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The where-used wizard allows use of cross-object key filters (examples: project and version). The

searched assignment of an object can therefore be analyzed independently of other object keys

(example: find component 4711 in all projects and versions filtered). The same applies to the

definition and filter of the result list (found parents).

Page 11: Functionality EHP4 Final

11 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Cross-project, version, and plant use of the where-used list

Business Benefits:

The where-used wizard allows use of cross-object key filters (examples: project and version). The

searched assignment of an object can therefore be analyzed independently of other object keys

(example: find component 4711 in all projects and versions filtered). The same applies to the

definition and filter of the result list (found parents).

Target Group:

End user (cost estimator and team lead)

5.3.1.4 Editable messages sent according to customer formulas

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Users can enable their own formulas to send editable messages according to their customizing

settings

Pain Points:

No messages could be sent to end users according to customized business and calculation logic

Business Benefits:

Users can enable their own formulas to send editable messages according to their customizing

settings. The end user can be guided according to the results of the calculation.

Target Group:

Business and technical users

5.3.1.5 Enhanced price selection conditions for valuation customizing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Valuation and price selection can be customized with greater sophistication by using different

dimensions to evaluate data selection

Pain Points:

Only one extra customer table could be used within the valuation function; the valuation logic was

limited to the table sequence and low prices

Page 12: Functionality EHP4 Final

12 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Valuation and price selection can be customized with greater sophistication by using different

dimensions and tables to evaluate data selection. Up to five customer-specific table types can now

be considered. Price type intervals, table priority, and value (most recent, highest, or lowest) can be

combined to set up valuation rules.

Target Group:

Business user

5.3.1.6 Content enhancements: 1PDCE

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The SAP-delivered PDCE business content was improved to ease enhancements and include

additional requirements.

Pain Points:

'

Business Benefits:

Scrap can now easily be included into the calculation logic, target costs are enabled on leaves,

transaction currency from selected prices is provided for splits directly, and so on.

Target Group:

Users

5.3.1.7 Inheritance mechanism

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Customers can define inheritance behavior on attribute fields and trigger inheritance manually or via

a formula up or down in the structure

Pain Points:

Customer control of the values for inheritance of fields was impossible

Business Benefits:

Customers can define inheritance behavior on attribute fields and trigger inheritance manually or via

a formula up or down in the structure

Page 13: Functionality EHP4 Final

13 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Users

5.3.1.8 BOM import

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

It is now possible to import BOMs with missing key information (a design BOM, a BOM using

materials without a plant, and so on). Incomplete objects are created as preliminary materials in

PDCE.

Pain Points:

Import for design BOM, text items, and so on was impossible

Business Benefits:

Better support of the product design and definition process providing partlially incomplete data

Target Group:

Users and SAP PLM integration

5.3.1.9 Capture a master of copied objects and enable mass change

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

If an object is copied, its master can be referenced. A later change to the master can be automated

to change the copy accordingly.

Pain Points:

Copy lost master (origin) referenceBusiness Benefits:

If an object is copied, its master can be referenced. A later change to the master can be automated

to change the copy accordingly. Changes in the structure can be followed up more easily between

versions.

Target Group:

Users

5.3.1.10 Formula parameter for fixed value: support for multiple values and

intervals

Page 14: Functionality EHP4 Final

14 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Fixed values used in formulas as parameters can now be set to multiple single values and intervals

Pain Points:

Fixed value only as single parameter

Business Benefits:

Fixed values used in formulas as parameters can now be set to multiple single values and intervals

Target Group:

Technical users

5.3.1.11 Object categories supported

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription:

Objects can now be grouped using common object categories, which greatly simplifies buliding

formulas

Pain Points:

Nested IF cases where needed in formulas

Business Benefits:

Objects can now be grouped using common object categories, which greatly simplifies buliding

formulas. The complexity of formulas is reduced.

Target Group:

Technical users

5.3.2 Financials, Group Close, Adjustment for Changes of Tax Rates (BF:

FIN_ACC_GC_TAXRATECHG - EhP: 4)

Description:

Tax effects previously calculated according to the tax rates of prior periods are adjusted to the

current tax rate in order to obtain correct cumulative effects

Early Adopters:

Page 15: Functionality EHP4 Final

15 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

A customer who utilizes the existing deferred tax functionality within BCS in SAP SEM. It will likely be

a multinational client who has operations in one or more jurisdictions that have recently changed or

are about to change their effective corporate tax rates. There is a high likelihood that the Early

Adopters will be German, because these customers represent the key base that has requested the

new functionality.

Headline:

Automated Adjustment of Deferred Taxes on Change in Effective Tax Rates

Business Benefits:

This functionality will allow for greater accuracy and timeliness and reduced costs through

automation of the process of identifying tax rate changes within the system by selecting the specific

records that need to be adjusted at the applicable entity, account, document type, and posting level.

It calculates the necessary adjustments and then automatically posts the resulting adjustments based

on the posting rules defined within configuration.

5.3.2.1 Automated adjustment of deferred taxes on change in effective tax rates

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

This functionality automates identification of tax rate changes within the system; identifies the

specific records that need to be adjusted at the entity, account, document type, and posting level;

calculates the necessary adjustments; and then automatically posts the result based on the posting

rules defined within configuration.

Pain Points:

The primary business challenge to be addressed is eliminating the manual effort required to

recalculate the appropriate tax provisions related to manual and automated postings in BCS in SAP

SEM when effective tax rates have changed.

Business Benefits:

Primary business benefits are greater accuracy and timeliness and reduced costs related to adjusting

deferred tax balances when effective rates of tax change in jurisdictions where the corporation

operates.

Target Group:

Local and group accountants

Page 16: Functionality EHP4 Final

16 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

6 Corporate Services

6.1 EH&S Compliance Management

6.1.1 REA, SAP Recycling Administration (BF: J_7L_REA_CORE - EhP: 4)

Description:

SAP Recycling Administration handles environmental fees related to EU Directives on Packaging

(94/62), Batteries (2006/66), Electric Electronic Waste (WEEE: 2002/96), and similar global regulatory

regulations. It calculates environmental fees and generates required declarations to environmental

authorities.

Early Adopters:

SAP ERP customers in all industries with regulatory reporting needs resulting from packaging,

electric, and electronic waste (WEEE) and batteries legislation or who need to meet specific industry

standards, like packaging sustainability scorecards, in Europe and around the world.

Headline:

Simplification and Optimization of Regulatory Compliance Processes

Business Benefits:

- Ensure regulatory compliance with country-specific requirements

- Increased efficiency through automated and integrated processes (people and know-how) and

central master data storage

- Accuracy and savings through higher transparency in quantity-flow- racking of packaging, products,

devices, and batteries in circulation due to improved data quality, extensive reporting options, and

audit trail

- Ensure meeting other product-related standards (example: retail packaging sustainability)

6.1.1.1 Environmental fee calculation and reporting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

SAP Recycling Administration helps enterprises meet regulatory requirements from environmental

directives regarding packaging, batteries, or waste electric and electronic equipment (WEEE). It helps

them monitor, calculate, and settle corresponding recycling fees with recycling partners or

compliance schemes. It accurately verifies quantity flows from SD and MM. It generates required,

exact environmental declarations cross-country and helps reduce costs and provide transparency

due to accounting precision and comprehensive cost analysis functionality. It automatically generates

Page 17: Functionality EHP4 Final

17 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

condition records for price calculation in SD and accruals for financial accounting in FI. It tracks

regulatory amendments and supports audits.

Pain Points:

Time-consuming generation of environmental declarations and verification; risk of inaccurate sales

and master data; cumbersome generation of cross-country reporting; expensive to ensure local

regulatory tracking; difficult to ensure regulatory compliance and transparency when data is stored

in legacy systems; and redundancy of multiple local systems that need to be maintained and

extended.

Business Benefits:

Ensure regulatory compliance with country-specific requirements. Increased efficiency thanks to

automated and integrated processes (people and know-how) and central master data storage.

Accuracy and savings through higher transparency in quantity-flow tracking of products, devices, and

batteries due to improved data quality and extensive reporting options. Audit trail. Ensure meeting

additionally other product-related standards (example: retail packaging sustainability).

Target Group:

Environmental compliance officers, financial analysts, and corporate accountants

6.2 Enterprise Asset Management

6.2.1 Configuration Control Innovations (BF: LOG_EAM_CC - EhP: 4)

Description:

Archiving support for iPPE nodes, ECM, and object-dependency support for LRUs; simultaneous

usage of MPLs in different installation locations, changing visibility of iPPE nodes in a complete check,

and a new MPL profile

Early Adopters:

New and installed base in asset-oriented industries, such as A&D, mining, oil & gas, utilities, and so

on

Headline:

Enhanced Configuration Control Ensures that Users Can Create Consistent Master Data Without

Work-Arounds

Business Benefits:

Enhanced master data maintenance process with engineering change management and object

dependencies can reduce the number of duplicated nodes for LRU and SRU. This enhancement

reduces errors and improves the accuracy of data.

Page 18: Functionality EHP4 Final

18 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

6.2.1.1 Enhancements for configuration control

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Configuration control application can be used by maintenance or service organizations to manage

technical objects that have a high risk because of safety, environment, or production. It has two

components: 1. Master parts list that manages the engineering information. Master parts list depicts

all the possible valid combinations of parts that can be installed at different locations.

2. Configuration control check transaction identifies whether the actual technical structure has valid

parts as described in the master parts list.

Pain Points:

Customer who requires a better connection between engineering information and actual

maintenance practice. That can improve data consistency of a technical structure.

To reduce the chances of incorrect installation of a part, and thereby reduce operational risk and

improve safety to work caused by an incorrect installation, customers need more flexible and proper

modeling of the master parts list.

Business Benefits:

Better integration between engineering and maintenance ensures a safe and efficient process to

manage a technical object.

Flexible modeling of master parts list allows a more realistic depiction of engineering information for

the technical object.

Target Group:

Engineering manager

Maintenance manager

6.2.2 Refurbishment and Subcontracting (BF: LOG_EAM_ROTSUB - EhP: 4)

Description:

Making parts of the A&D subcontracting and refurbishment order solution are

available without using business function set DIMP. These features will help

manage in-house or subcontracted repairs and overhaul of parts and

equipment.Early Adopters:

New and installed base in asset-oriented industries, such as A&D, mining, oil & gas, utilities, and so

on

Page 19: Functionality EHP4 Final

19 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Headline:

Enhancement for Refurbishment Orders and Subcontracted Repair Processing

Business Benefits:

Visibility and tracking of all parts that are under repair or refurbishment. Helps streamline order

planning and execution. This enhancement simplifies the process steps and improves the availability

of proper transactional data.

6.2.2.1 Enhanced stock determination for maintenance and service processing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Stock determination enhancement simplifies the stock determination process. It uses predeternimed

rules to issue parts for orders so that the planner does not need to define the stock type during an

early stage.

Pain Points:

Unclear stock determination increases chances of stock-outs. Because of frequent stock-outs, stock-

out planners tend to overstock a part, which causes higher inventory costs.

Business Benefits:

Improved rule-based reservation reduces unplanned consumption and improves the material

planning processes

Target Group:

Maintenance planner

Material planners

6.2.2.2 Enhancements in refurbishment order

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Refurbishment orders are used to repair or overhaul a serialized or nonserialized spare part for

equipment. Refurbishment orders have been enhanced in the following areas:

1. Refurbishment order has been enhanced to manage material upgrade

2. Refurbishment orders can be assigned with one or more notifications

3. Conversion of planned order into refurbishment order from the MRP list

Page 20: Functionality EHP4 Final

20 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

These enhancements ensure proper planning of refurbishment work and better visibility of parts

being repaired or refurbished

Pain Points:

Customers who want visibility into the work load on repair parts and an option to evaluate problems

in technical objects.

Business Benefits:

1.These enhancements ensure proper planning of refurbishment work

2.Better visibility of parts being repaired or refurbished

3.Streamlined internal repair process

4.Option to upgrade parts after repair or refurbishmentTarget Group:

Material planners

Maintenance planners

6.2.2.3 Enhancements in subcontracting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

When performing maintenance or providing maintenance services to customers, serialized or

nonserialized parts can be sent to a vendor. Enhancement in subcontracting process allows

integration between the maintenance process and the procurement processes.

The subcontracting solution allows integrated management of maintenance or service order

processing with procurement processes to purchase services from an external vendor. It also ensures

visibility of parts throughout the time when it is outside the organization, enabling the planner to

concentrate on reducing operation costs at reduced inventory.

Pain Points:

Companies want to track inventory availability with subcontractors

Business Benefits:

1. Improved visibility of parts that are under repairs or refurbishment by subcontractors; reduces

inventory needed to maintain an asset.

2. Better information flow between maintenance and procurement team reduces turn-around time

to repair a part

3. Reduced turn-around time improves service level and reduces cost because of

inventoriesTarget Group:

Page 21: Functionality EHP4 Final

21 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Maintenance planner

Material planner

6.2.3 Enterprise Asset Management - Enhanced Warranty Management

(BF: LOG_EAM_WTY - EhP: 4)

Description:

Integration of warranty management with PS order

Availability of the entire A&D warranty solution outside of business function set DIMP

Early Adopters:

New and installed base in asset-oriented industries, such as A&D, mining, oil & gas, utilities, and so

on

Headline:

Integrate Warranty with PM and CS Orders

Business Benefits:

Improves visibility of warranty claim starting from its creation until its settlement. Improved visibility

reduces processing time and allows detailed analysis of all claims.

6.2.3.1 Integration of warranty claims with maintenance and service processing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Integration between warranty claim process with maintenance and service processing allows better

visibility regarding claimable work performed by the maintenance team and improves collection of

claims

Pain Points:

- Because the maintenance process and claim process are independently managed by different

teams, the claim processor does not have the details needed to create proper claim

- OEM and vendors do not approve a claim if it is not substantiated with proper documentation

.That results in long delays to collect claims

- Returnable parts are not linked to warranty claim or maintenance process ,so the warranty clerk

can't efficiently communicate with vendors

Business Benefits:

- Improved communication between maintenance team and warranty processing team

Page 22: Functionality EHP4 Final

22 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Reduced errors in claims

- Reduced time to collect and approve the claims

- Improved return parts process

Target Group:

Maintenance manager

Procurement manager

Financial officer

6.2.4 Enterprise Asset Management: Time Zone Support (BF:

LOG_EAM_TZS_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Time zone support in the enterprise asset management area for notification, work order, and

confirmation

Early Adopters:

Customers with asset an maintenance organization who have various locations, systems, or business

partners in different time zones

Headline:

Maintenance Execution Without Boundaries

Business Benefits:

Enhanced time zone management ensures that each maintenance document can be consistently

managed independently of the location of a technical object and the location of a user's workplace

6.2.4.1 Enhanced time zone management for maintenance processing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Time zone support supports two different system or business constellations:

1. Distributed system landscape where all systems are working with the same time zone

2. Central system landscape (only one system) where users from various time zones are working in

the central system

Page 23: Functionality EHP4 Final

23 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

"Time Zone Support" supports two system or business constellations:

1. Distributed system landscape where every system is working with the same time zone.

2. Central system landscape (only one system) where users from various time zones are working on

this central system.

Pain Points:

Users in different time zones encounter difficulties when they require maintenance work on the

same or different parts of a technical object. Manual calculation of the corresponding time

consumes too much labor time and effort and sometimes causes data inconsistency. Time-based

information is critical for analysis, like turn-around and mean time between two repairs.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced time zone management ensures that each maintenance document can be consistently

managed independently of the location of a technical object and the location of a user's workplace

Target Group:

Maintenance planner, maintenance supervisor, and maintenance technician

6.2.5 Maintenance Event Builder and Logbook Innovations (BF:

LOG_EAM_POM_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enhancements in the authorization concept for the maintenance event builder

Enhancement in aircraft logbook

Early Adopters:

New and installed base in asset-oriented industries, such as A&D, mining, oil & gas, utilities, and so

on

Headline:

Improved Authorization Checks and Visibility of Log Books Within One Hierarchy

Business Benefits:

The authorization enhancement for the maintenance event builder improves information security

and compliance of technical objects.

Enterprise asset management is enhanced to provide user log books with all the technical objects

that belong to one hierarchy. That improves the visibility of information and the productivity of

technicians.

Page 24: Functionality EHP4 Final

24 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

6.2.5.1 Enhancements in maintenance event builder

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

It improves the authorization aspects of the information displayed by using the maintenance event

builder.

It also populates the WBS element on the location tab of maintenance and service

orders.Pain Points:

Customers in a regulated industry, such as defense, need data authorization and compliance

enhancements to avoid unauthorized data access.

Missing WBS element assignment on the location tab of maintenance order could produce incorrect

results from a settlement run.

Business Benefits:

Maintenance event builder improves data and information security.

Maintenance event builder can be assigned to a WBS element, ensuring consistent data usage in the

maintenance order.

Target Group:

Maintenance planner

Maintenance supervisor

Maintenance technician

6.2.5.2 Enhanced electronic logbook

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The logbook is an application that is used to record and track the discrepancies, readings taken, and

events that occur during line maintenance operations. This tool provides the staff operating the

assets with the functions to log defects and enter operational data. It provides maintenance

personnel, such as maintenance engineers and technicians, with functions that ensure the timely and

reliable execution of their maintenance tasks.

Pain Points:

The efficiency of maintenance planning can be improved by synchronizing details in

the logbook transactions and technical structureBusiness Benefits:

Page 25: Functionality EHP4 Final

25 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The enhanced electronic logbook improves visibility of details in logbook transactions.

Decisions can be made quickly when unnecessary data can be hidden

Target Group:

Maintenance planner

Maintenance supervisor

6.2.6 Enterprise Asset Management: Continuous Improvements (BF:

LOG_EAM_CI_3 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Continuous improvements for fleet and vehicle management, maintenance orders, task lists,

maintenance plans, and so on

Early Adopters:

Customers using enterprise asset management to optimize their processes for fleet and vehicle

management, maintenance cost management, and inspections

Headline:

Streamlined Processes for Maintenance Planning, Execution, and Optimization

Business Benefits:

-Fleet maintenance planners can make knowledge-based decisions with improved reports and

simplified transactions.

- Improved framework of simplified reporting allows usage of transactional data along with extracted

information.

- Standard inspection rounds solution allows definition of a task list that can used to plan and execute

inspection or operator rounds.

- Reduced time and effort to view documents.

- Easy reporting along a multilevel list improves the information presented to maintenance planners

thereby improving the productivity of maintenance planners

6.2.6.1 Improvement in fleet maintenance functionality

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Page 26: Functionality EHP4 Final

26 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Basic order view has been enhanced with fields for fleet maintenance. To enable better reporting for

fleet maintenance, SAP NetWeaver BI content has been improved for better reporting features

required for maintaining a fleet of vehicles.

Pain Points:

Vehicle maintenance solution should be very simple and have adaptable reporting features

Business Benefits:

Maintenance planners can make knowledge-based decisions with improved reports and simplified

transactions

Target Group:

Maintenance planners who are managing a large fleet of vehicles will benefit from simplified

reporting and transactions

6.2.6.2 Improved maintenance reports

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

Proper reporting can drastically change the way that people can make business decisions. The

following reports support maintenance planners and supervisors in making informed decisions. 1.

POWER list for maintenance plans

2. POWER list for service and maintenance orders

3. Simplified reports for maintenance cost and maintenance backlog

Pain Points:

Current SAP NetWeaver BI content works only after extracting data from a transactional system, so

that the reports have only historical details

Business Benefits:

Improved framework of simplified reporting allows usage of transactional data along with extracted

information. That enables near-real-time reporting with a large volume of data.

Target Group:

Maintenance planners from organizations that have very large technical assets and need to maintain

them at optimal efficiency

6.2.6.3 Planning and execution of inspection rounds

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Page 27: Functionality EHP4 Final

27 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

Up to now, there has been no way to plan and process routes for operator-based maintenance or

inspection rounds in an easy way. Enhanced features can support possibilities to define routes for

operator-based maintenance and streamline execution of the routes.

Pain Points:

Without a standard solution, customers do not use core SAP ERP for inspection rounds, reducing

their chances to improve the performance of assets based on the observed and actual performance

of the assets.

Business Benefits:

Standard inspection rounds solution allows definition of a task list that can used to plan and execute

inspection or operator rounds. Technical objects that need an inspection and measurement point

that are used to record actual inspection results are linked together to prepare inspection rounds.

Target Group:

Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to

maintain them at optimal efficiency

6.2.6.4 Improvements in automatic release of orders

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

It is now possible to define whether the preventive maintenance order will be released automatically

Pain Points:

It is not always possible to release an order automatically. Some may require additional planning.

Business Benefits:

With these enhancements, the planner can review the planning cycle after setting up the new

maintenance plans. Once the order created by maintenance plans are stable, the planner can set the

feature of automatic release of order.

Target Group:

Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to

maintain them to run at optimal efficiency

6.2.6.5 View document attached using generic object services

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Page 28: Functionality EHP4 Final

28 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

It is possible to attach documents to technical objects directly using generic object services. These

documents can be viewed during transaction processing. Most of the transactions of maintenance

processing are enhanced to show the availability of documents

Pain Points:

Currently, it is tedious to view the documents attached to a technical objects. Most of the time,

technicians and planners refer to paper documents that are old.

Business Benefits:

New development will reduce time and effort to view documents

Target Group:

Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to

maintain them to run at optimal efficiency

6.2.6.6 List report for maintenance plan items

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

Multilevel list reports are enhanced to select and view maintenance plan items

Pain Points:

Currently, there are no reports to view maintenance plan, maintenance items, and calls together for

a given set of technical objects

Business Benefits:

Easy reporting along a multilevel list improves the information presented to maintenance planners,

thereby improving the productivity of maintenance planners

Target Group:

Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to

maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency

6.2.6.7 Improvements to maintain and use task list

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

It is now possible to record change pointers for maintenance task list. This new feature allows

tracking changes that may occur for a maintenance task list.

Page 29: Functionality EHP4 Final

29 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Task lists maintenance is enhanced so that fields like unloading point and recipient can be

maintained in a task list, and the details are copied to orders if the task list is used to create the

order.

Pain Points:

It is impossible to check who changed the task list, what was changed, and when the task list was

changed.

Even if task lists are used to create orders, few fields need to me entered manually every time an

order is created.

Business Benefits:

Improved productivity and efficiency for maintenance planners

Target Group:

Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to

maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency

6.2.6.8 Improved material planning integration with maintenance order

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

It is possible for maintenance planner to indicate when the vendor should deliver a part

Pain Points:

Currently, the requirement date for parts needed for an order gets calculated based on a scheduled

date for the operation and lead time of the part. Many times, this date may be incorrect because of

the buffer needed for internal and external factors. That results in a disruption in maintenance

execution because of the nonavailability of parts.

Business Benefits:

More accurate material planning reduces disruption of maintenance work

Target Group:

Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to

maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency

6.2.6.9 Improved work clearance management with line-up

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Page 30: Functionality EHP4 Final

30 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Complex assets require functionality to view and verify current and normal operational conditions for

a group of logically related technical objects. The line-up functionality provides a mechanism by

which planners can update the current operational conditions for a group of logically related

technical objects en masse.

Pain Points:

Currently, the operational condition of a technical object has to be updated individually, resulting in

lost time

Business Benefits:

Improved productivity of planner and technician in the field

Target Group:

Maintenance planners from a organizations that have very large technical assets and need to

maintain them to run them at optimal efficiency

6.2.6.10 Power List for Service and Maintainance Orders

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this new worklist to get an overview of the maintenance and service orders with all

related follow-up documents for the service delivery.

- Display and Change of service and maintenance orders

- Display of equipments

- Display of customers

- Display of SD documents

- Display of notifications

Pain Points:

The POWL Service Order and Maintenance Order provide a simplified view. In this view, all

information that is relevant for a mid market service delivery manager (and/or a maintenance

planner) is visible at a glance.

Business Benefits:

Improved productivity of an Service Delivery Manager or Maintanance Planner

Target Group:

Maintenance Planner, Service Delivery Manager

Page 31: Functionality EHP4 Final

31 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

6.2.6.11 Power list for Maintenance Plan

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

The new POWL Maintenance Plan is used as a worklist to get an overview of the maintenance plan. It

contains information on all call off objects (documents), which are created through a maintenance

plan.

- Display of contracts

- Display of service orders

- Display of notifications

- Display of purchase orders

- Display and Change of maintenance plan

Pain Points:

The new POWL Maintenance Plan provides a simplified view on Maintenance Plans. In this view,

service delivery manager (and/or a maintenance planner) can find all call off objects (documents),

which are created through a maintenance plan at a glance. From this work list he can easily evaluate,

for instance, the costs of each planned order and the other information for coordination needs.

Business Benefits:

Improve procuctivity and effectivity of an Service Delivery Manager and/or Maintenence Planner

Target Group:

Maintenance Planner; Maintenance Supervisor; Service Delivery Manager

6.3 Project and Portfolio Management

6.3.1 Project System: Handling Large Projects - Master Data (BF:

OPS_PS_HLP_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Using the new project editor transaction, users can maintain separate subsets of master data of large

project structures in a high-performance manner and benefit from a more flexible locking concept.

Certain project changes can be saved as drafts and be compared with each other later on.

Early Adopters:

Customers handling large project structures with project system

Page 32: Functionality EHP4 Final

32 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Headline:

Efficient Master Data Maintenance of Large Project Structures

Business Benefits:

- Users can maintain separate subsets of project master data in a high-performance manner with the

new project editor

- A flexible locking concept can be used in the project editor to enable parallel changes to project

master data

- Master data changes can be saved as drafts in the project editor and analyzed or compared with

other drafts in the new draft workbench

- Users can access the project editor using a new project work list based on their access control list

authorizations

- Data can be uploaded to a cache to improve the performance of master data changes in the project

editor

6.3.1.1 Master data changes of large project structures

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- The project editor allows users to work on subsets of master data of large projects in a high-

performance manner

- A more flexible locking concept allows users to work in parallel on project master data if required or

save project master data changes as drafts

- A new draft workbench can be used to edit drafts or compare drafts before saving the project

master data changes

- The project editor can be accessed directly or using a user specific project work list (based on ACL

authorization)

- A cache upload can be used to yield additional performance improvements of master data

maintenance in the project editor

Pain Points:

- Performance of maintaining master data of large project structures

- Restrictive locking concept

Business Benefits:

- Allows users to work on subsets of project master data, such as organizational data, control data,

user and customer data, and so on, improving the performance of data maintenance

Page 33: Functionality EHP4 Final

33 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Master data changes can be performed without locking objects if required

Target Group:

- Users responsible for master data maintenance of large projects

- Administrators responsible for project system performance

6.4 Quality Management

6.4.1 Quality Management: Enhanced Functions in Q-Notifications (BF:

OPS_QM_NOTIFICATION - EhP: 4)

Description:

- Multiple assignments of objects (batches, serial numbers, and so on)

- Extended mail sending functionality for notifications with attachments

- Extended partner selection in reports

- Flexible adjustment of list output for reports

Early Adopters:

Employees entering (customer, vendor, or other) complaints, problems, or any type of notification.

Employees who are involved in the problem-solving (corrective and preventive actions or CAPA)

process, perform evaluations, and report on given problems, defects, and issues. Not industry-

specific; usable for any type of application to document issues and problems, even in terms of

regulatory compliance.

Headline:

Enhanced Notification Process for Improved Problem Management with Flexible Assignment Objects;

Improved Sending and Reporting Capabilities

Business Benefits:

- Reduced number of notifications for the same issues and different objects (example: same problem

for different batches)

- Reduced effort and processing time for issues due to fewer notifications

- Improved information flow and security due to enhanced mail process with attachments

- Reduced effort due to improved selection capability in reports

- Reduced software maintenance costs due to improved standard functionality instead of need for

customer-specific coding

- Improved data visibility due to the enhancement flexibility that is provided

6.4.1.1 Multiple assignments of objects at notification item level

Page 34: Functionality EHP4 Final

34 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

With the functionality, employees can assign multiple objects of the same type, such as several

batches, serial numbers, inspection lots, and so on to one particular notification at the item level.

Pain Points:

Today, customers need to create several notifications if they want to record issues or complaints for

several objects like a number of defective batches. That leads to great effort in maintaining the data

and during evaluation of the information.

Business Benefits:

- Improved corrective and preventive actions (CAPA) process.

- Reduced number of notifications for recording issues and complaints for several given objects -

example: one notification for 10 batches instead of 10 separate notifications.

- Reduced effort for maintaining the data.

- Increased visibility due to clearer structures.

- Simplified analysis during a CAPA process.

Target Group:

Employees who record issues and notifications such as customer complaints. Employees who are

part of a CAPA process.

6.4.1.2 Enhanced e-mail process for notifications

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

The enhancement enables an improved e-mail process for notifications in terms of:

- Sending the notification as PDF documents

- Attaching documents assigned to the notification and others

- Using the assigned partners (task-responsible employees)

- Using distribution lists based on assigned partners

- Documenting the transmission information in notification tasks

Pain Points:

Page 35: Functionality EHP4 Final

35 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

With SAP ERP, employees could only send the notification itself by e-mail and send attached

documents separately. An automatic proposal of assigned partners was missing, as was a clear

documentation of the transmission information. The sending process was not compliant with any

regulations in terms of preventing information from being changed afterward.

Business Benefits:

Improved communication between related partners during a CAPA process via:

- Enhanced usability of the e-mail process

- Automatic proposal of assigned partners

- Guidance through the sending procedure

- Flexible selection of additional recipients and documents

- Clear documentation of transmission information and status of the notification data

- Prevention from forgetting to inform people

- Automatic proposal of attached documents

Target Group:

Employees participating in a CAPA or any issue- or complaints-recording process.

6.4.1.3 Improved partner selection capability and list output for notification

reports

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

The enhancement provides an extended partner selection for quality notifications: notifications and

tasks can now be selected via several partner roles and multiple partners.

In addition, a business add-in allows adjustment of the list output for quality notifications in terms of

adding further columns such as text fields for customer or vendor name.

Pain Points:

With earlier versions, analyzing notifications or complaints for a number of involved partners

required multiple runs of the same report, such as for a number of task-responsible people, meaning

great effort and time for researching and consolidating the information.

Extensions of the list output were possible only by copying the reports and making adjustments,

which meant a great IT maintenance effort and effort for checking updates via SAP notes.

Business Benefits:

Improved reporting capabilities for quality notifications

Page 36: Functionality EHP4 Final

36 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Reduced number of runs for the same investigation for different partners

- Extended visibility of information

- Flexible adjustment capability of reports

Target Group:

Employees dealing with issues, complaints, and notification processing, such as in a CAPA process

6.5 Real Estate Management

6.5.1 Real Estate 2 (BF: RE_GEN_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Contains new functionality in the area of commercial real estate management, especially for

reporting and analytics.

Early Adopters:

Commercial real estate managers and lease administrators

Headline:

Simplify Administration of Your Property Portfolio and Leases Through Enhanced Processes in

Commercial Real Estate Management

Business Benefits:

This business function delivers:

- Improved options for comprehensive analytics

- Better insight and transparency in existing data

- Increased and optimized efficiency for cost efficiency analysis

- Legal requirements according to FASB 13

6.5.1.1 Taking possession dates for straight-lining according to FASB 13 into

account

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- The possession dates (start and end dates) represent the period in which a lessee obtains control of

the leased property.

- According to FASB 13, this is the period that is relevant for straight-line calculations.

Page 37: Functionality EHP4 Final

37 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- New possession dates fields in the real estate contract make this possible.

Pain Points:

- New legal requirements of FASB 13 could not be met accurately

Business Benefits:

- Meeting entirely new legal requirements according to FASB 13.

Target Group:

- Managers of commercial real estate

- Lease administrators

6.5.1.2 Considering requested notice date in real estate search

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

The setting of a requested notice date allows the real estate search to offer an object according to

that date, although the contractual notice date goes into effect at a later time

Pain Points:

Limited functionality in real estate search

Business Benefits:

- Better consideration of customers' requests

- Higher flexibility of real estate search and contract offer

Target Group:

- Managers of commercial and residential real estate

- Lease administrators

6.5.1.3 Cost efficiency analysis: mass change of current expense items and

reporting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Allowing mass changes of current expense items along with periodic changes, such as changes in

flat fees for administration and maintenance costs

Page 38: Functionality EHP4 Final

38 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Hanging expense items depending on the age of an object; maintenance costs

terminating expense items

- Reporting of all data for one or more cost efficiency analysis

- Reporting cross-references for current expenses and financing types

Pain Points:

- Significant administration effort when changing expense items for a huge number of cost efficiency

analysis

- Lacking reporting tools for analytics

Business Benefits:

- Gaining efficiency thanks to mass change process

- Gaining insight and transparency

Target Group:

Managers of residential real estate, especially public housing

6.5.1.4 Increased insight: enhancements in SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Optimized SAP NetWeaver BI content for real estate management:

- Time dependency for master data attribute (where missing)

- Assignment of business partners

- Evaluating reasons for notice and vacancy, as well as fluctuation

- New report for architectural view

- Delta updates

- MultiCube for conditions and measurements

Pain Points:

- Missing information in SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence, especially regarding architectural

views

- Performance issues due to missing delta updates

Business Benefits:

Page 39: Functionality EHP4 Final

39 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Improved options for comprehensive analytics

- Better insight and transparency in existing data

- Improved performance

Target Group:

Managers of commercial and corporate real estate

6.5.1.5 Extended functionality through various enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Report of option rate ratios for real estate objects

- New selection criteria, condition type and condition purpose, for periodic postings

- Editable time-slot filter within report

- Reports for sales-based settlement were changed technically to the RE reporting framework

- Copy architectural and usage objects in RE navigator via drag-and-drop

Pain Points:

- Lack of external audit requirements regarding option rate ratios

- Limited capabilities regarding selections for periodic postings

Business Benefits:

- Increased usability

- More flexibility and individual adaptability

- Better insight and transparency

Target Group:

Managers of commercial and corporate real estate

6.5.1.6 Improved land management and extended analytics

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Simplified handling of parcel number (freely definable in one single field or automatic assignment)

Page 40: Functionality EHP4 Final

40 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Additional and freely definable classification due to new function field in the general data tab

- New infosystem reports: land registers, parcel objects, area analysis of possession areas,

classifications in real estate cadastre, and usage of parcels

Pain Points:

Lack of country-specific requirement for property taxes in SAP for Public Sector, particularly in

Canada

Business Benefits:

- More flexibility in the handling of land master data

- Improved options for comprehensive analytics

- Better insight into and transparency of existing data

Target Group:

Managers of land and property.

6.5.2 RE-FX Localization Topics for Portugal (BF: FIN_LOC_CI_3 - EhP: 4)

Description:

RE-FX localization for Portugal (SAP Real Estate Management for Portugal)

Early Adopters:

Current SAP Real Estate Management customers will migrate to flexible real estate along with

important new customers from industries such as engineering and construction, telco, public sector,

insurance, banking, retail, services, and transportation

Headline:

Enhance the Business Processes of Flexible Real Estate Management

Business Benefits:

New country-specific functionalities will be available to customers. Legal compliance.

6.5.2.1 Rent adjustment

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The standard rent adjustment reports (for example: REAJPR) shall be used to calculate the new rent

adjustment for the current contracts. This solution could be done via a BADI implementation of

interface IF_EX_REAJ_ADJUSTMENT.

Page 41: Functionality EHP4 Final

41 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The BADI checks customizing to see which type of condition or reason could be used for a single

contract.

Pain Points:

Recent legal changes in Portugal established special rent adjustment methods for older contracts

(contract start date before 1990). Recent contracts are adjusted based on the consumer price index

that is published each year.

The main goal of these changes is to rehabilitate old buildings and define a fairer system rule for

the real estate market and lease in and out processes.

Business Benefits:

Automatic adjustment enabling and legal compliance

Target Group:

Customers using business processes in the area of real estate management in Portugal

6.5.2.2 Stamp tax

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:

The stamp tax has two bases:

1. Stamp on documents (of specific operations)

2. Stamp on operations, purchases and sales, rentals, credit utilizations, and so on

In the context of real estate context, it is a one-time tax based on the original conditions of the

contracts or on the differences from adjustments, specifically on rental and property transfer

contracts. The tax to apply is determined by the official stamp tax table.

Calculation depends on a condition that varies in percentage and is based on the amount of another

condition.

Pain Points:

In the context of real estate, the triggering event corresponds to the moment of contract signature in

cases of:

- Acquisition of the ownership or of other rights to real estate

- Lease or sublease of real estate

- Changing agreement conditions related to increasing the basic rent amount

Business Benefits:

Calculation

Page 42: Functionality EHP4 Final

42 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Periodicity

Single-time tax: it is applied only once with the public deed of the contract

Taxable base

- Property taxable value in case of acquisition contracts

- Total of conditions in rent agreement

- Difference in conditions when the condition rises

Tax rates

In case of

- Acquisition contracts: 0.8%

- Lease-out contracts: 1.0%

- Rise of conditions in lease-out contracts: 0.0%

Postings

Payment

Reporting

- Month

- Annual

Target Group:

Customers using business processes in the area of real estate management in Portugal

6.5.3 Corporate Real Estate (BF: RE_CRE_MISC - EhP: 4)

Description:

Contains new functionality in the area of space and room management that broadens and

supplements the functionality of EhP2.

Early Adopters:

Corporate real estate managers

Headline:

Increase the Value of Your Property Portfolio Through Optimized Corporate Real Estate Management

in an Integrated Environment

Business Benefits:

Page 43: Functionality EHP4 Final

43 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

You can use this business function to optimize your corporate real estate management in an

integrated environment. It allows your organization to simplify space and move management as well

as room reservation.

6.5.3.1 Long-term seating arrangement and move planning

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Definition of different degrees of occupancy, so that various quotes of workplaces can be assigned

to an occupant (1/2, 1, 2, and so on)

- Reports on vacancy and degrees of occupancy on a given a period or key date

- Reversal of postings for reservation and continuous occupancy and improved posting run

- Optimized handling of different move dates (move-in or move-out) within one single move plan

Pain Points:

Optimized space utilization is difficult to achieve within an organization due to a lack of transparency

and rapid changes of demand

Business Benefits:

- Increased space utilization and reduced operating costs

- Improved investment decisions through comprehensive analysis of space demand and offer

- Full transparency and allocation of costs and revenues to departments

Target Group:

- Managers of corporate real estate

- Facility managers

- Business users

6.6 Travel Management

6.6.1 Travel Management 2 (BF: FIN_TRAVEL_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Web application express expense sheet for daily travelers; integration of travel planning and expense

management with event management tools; travel planning with airfare matrix, mixed air/rail

availability, and multiple airport search; employee self-service travel management for public sector

(DE).

Page 44: Functionality EHP4 Final

44 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Early Adopters:

Customers using SAP Travel Management and those who have already upgraded their back-end

system to SAP ERP 6.0.

Headline:

Streamline and Simplify Your Travel Management Process

Business Benefits:

Full self-service automation for daily travelers: acceleration of data entry, greater adoption of travel

and expenses self-services across all business units and traveler types, acceleration for booking and

expense reporting for corporate event management processes, reduced direct travel costs due to

transparency and comparability of air and rail fares at time of booking, reduced process costs for

meeting and event travel.

For public sector organizations: self-service travel request, automated pretrip approval, budget

encumbrances and pretrip cost transparency for managers, automated expense reporting for faster

reimbursement processes, and improved cash flow.

6.6.1.1 Express expense sheet

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

The express expense sheet allows fast entry of expense reports per week, month, or custom period.

Especially for countries with per-diem based reimbursement rules for travel expenses, the solution

now offers a fast and efficient way to capture expenses in a single user interface. Standard travel

management features like receipt imaging, credit card clearing, simulation, and mass print are also

supported. Customers can benefit from great flexibility of configuration of user interface content, so

the mass entry really meets the needs of staff that travels a great deal.

Pain Points:

Previously, the Web-based self-services did not offer a mass entry function for countries and

industries with per-diem reimbursements. That implied that daily travelers like maintenance

technicians had to use the road map-guided self-service of create expense report and enter one

expense report per day, which took too long.

Business Benefits:

Process automation for expense management, reduced process costs (indirect travel expenses),

accelerated reimbursement processes, controlled compliance with travel policy, and reduced

approval items for managers.

Target Group:

Daily travelers (sales staff and service technicians) who have many short trips a week or month

Page 45: Functionality EHP4 Final

45 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

6.6.1.2 Employee self-services of travel management for public sector

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

The new self-service applications of create travel request and create expense report are especially

designed for the needs of public sector organizations: explicit approval of means of transportation

and accommodation, detailed estimated costs for precise budget encumbrance and cost

transparency for managers, standard travel authorization for specific travel activities, expense report

with full compliance with German statutory requirements on a federal level and state (Bundesland)

level. However, the enhancements can also be used by other industries and countries.

Pain Points:

Public sector organizations must follow a clear pretrip approval process, which is still mainly handled

in paper-based processes with manual signatures - triggering enormous process and material costs.

Approvers never had full transparency of the costs that would arise with a trip they approve to be

taken. For use as self-service scenario, no Web application was available so far.

Business Benefits:

Travelers in public sector organizations can now: get online approval for planned business trip and

send reservation request to travel agent (if approved), complete prepopulated expense reports in an

intuitive Web application. Managers can now preview the estimated costs, explicitly approve

customizable travel categories, and review expense reports online. Travel experts can now

concentrate on real fulfillment tasks such as search for cost efficient transportation and exception

checks.

Target Group:

Employees and travelers

6.6.1.3 Travel planning with airfare matrix and mixed air/rail availability

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / bothDescription:

The air availability in travel planning now offers the following enhancements: interactive airfare

matrix for easy comparison and selection of available flights and fares, premium economy class,

search at multiple airports, and comparison of air and rail connections in a mixed display.

Pain Points:

Travelers need more information on the available fares and their conditions, and the differences

between the fares available for one flight connection to make the right choice for their travel

schedules and to save direct travel costs. Also, when choosing between air and rail connections,

travelers have had to look up different availability pages to compare duration and fares.

Page 46: Functionality EHP4 Final

46 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

All new features will further help companies reduce direct travel costs, because travelers and travel

arrangers can make better decisions on the lowest available fare and means of transportation that

still meets the traveler's requirements for flexibility, rebooking, and meeting schedule.

Target Group:

Travelers and employees

6.6.1.4 ES bundle: integration of SAP Travel Management and SAP Event

Management

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

The ES bundle integrates the different process steps of travel and event management (partner

solutions) into one complete process. From the creation, approval, operational handling, online

travel booking, and expense reporting of employees up to the analytics part the complete data can

be captured on an SAP cost object. That will be the container for all event-related costs.

Pain Points:

Customers today have no control of their meeting and event spending and how it is spent.

Approximately 30% to 40% of total travel and entertainment expenditures is spent on meetings and

events. The data relevant for negotiations with suppliers is missing.

Business Benefits:

Strategic meeting programs give companies the option to leverage transient travel volume when

negotiating with service providers. Integration of such tools with SAP Travel Management and the

SAP ERP landscape can save companies up to 5% of their costs. Covering the complete process from

approval to analytics allows customers to get a complete picture of their spend for meetings and

events and enable them to save based on

better vendor negotiation and elimination of manual process steps.

Target Group:

Corporate Travel Managers; Corporate Meeting & Event Managers; Corporate Purchaser

Page 47: Functionality EHP4 Final

47 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

7 Cross SAP ERP

7.1 Cross SAP ERP

7.1.1 ERP, New User Interface for ABAP Lists (BF: ERP_ALL_LISTS - EhP: 4)

Description:

New user interface (mostly ALV) for about 200 write lists provides increased usability and

harmonized end-user interaction.

Early Adopters:

Customers who want to unify the user experience of existing write listsHeadline:

Harmonize and Standardize User Interaction with Lists

Business Benefits:

- About 200 previously delivered write lists are replaced by lists (mostly ALV) that provide increased

usability and harmonized end-user interaction.

- The new lists improve the end-user experience and help reduce training effort.

7.1.1.1 New user interface for existing write lists

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Several of the previously delivered write lists provide highly individual graphical display and

interaction capabilities. With the new user interface, these capabilities are harmonized and unified.

Pain Points:

To leverage the capabilities of the previously delivered write lists, end users had to know about the

individual features of the lists.

Business Benefits:

With the new user interface, list display and end-user interaction is harmonized and unified

Target Group:

Customers who want to unify the user experience of existing write lists

Flexibility to continue usage of selected write lists instead of new lists

new lists

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 48: Functionality EHP4 Final

48 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The functionality is offered to decide (mostly on a report level) whether the new user interface or

one of the previously delivered write lists will be used. By default, the new user interface is being

used after switching on the business function, but the customer can select to use the user interface

of the previously delivered write list instead.

Pain Points:

- The end users may be very familiar with certain write lists that are already being used and don't

want to adopt a new user interface.

- The unification of different specialized user interfaces sometimes requires to relinquish one or

another individual feature, but customers may prefer in some cases to stick to such a feature by

accepting different user interfaces.

Business Benefits:

Customers can decide on the report level whether they want to use the new user interface

Target Group:

End users who are very familiar with existing write lists and their individual features

7.1.2 Embedded Search in SAP ERP (BF: ERP_ENTERPRISESEARCH - EhP:

4)

Description:

Embedded Search is now available for key business objects in SAP ERP to support embedded search

scenarios and provide fast, simple, and generic search access to business information.

It is the first step toward a planned Google-like search experience across SAP Business Suite.

Early Adopters:

SAP ERP customers who are looking for an improved search experience and want to take advantage

of a Google-like search featuring secure full-text search capabilities and fuzzy search options

Headline:

Secure Free-Text Search Capability for Key Operational Business Data

Business Benefits:

Fast, simple, and secure search-driven information access

Reduce customer TCO by providing easy-to-use search functionality that applies to professional and

casual users

7.1.2.1 Search-enablement of key business objects in SAP ERP Operations

Page 49: Functionality EHP4 Final

49 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / New Capability

Description:

Makes key business objects (mainly SAP ERP Operations) available for Embedded Search. Examples

include material, customer, vendor, sales order, purchase order, quality notifications, document info

record, and so on.

Pain Points:

Great amount of time spent retrieving structured and unstructured business information

Business Benefits:

Fast, simple, search-driven information access

Secure, generic search access to business information

Target Group:

Professional and occasional users

7.1.3 Enhanced Initial Data Transfer (BF: CA_CIF_INILOAD_01 - EhP: 4)

Description:

1. Parallelized data transfer of PDS via core interface (CIF): PDS transfer to SAP SCM during initial

load.

2. Incremental data transfer via CIF: new integration model-handling method. CIF objects in the

integration model without errors during the initial load are active; others are excluded.

Early Adopters:

Because this enhancement is in the core interface area, the new functionality will affect every

customer who uses SAP ERP and SAP SCM in their business processes. Of particular importance is the

improvement for customers who integrate product data structures (PDS) in addition to their material

master data, because both sets of master data are affected here.

Headline:

Better Performance for Product Data Structures (PDS) Transfers from SAP ERP to SAP SCM - More

Sophisticated Handling and Better Usability

Business Benefits:

PDS transfer via the CIF interface has better performance due to parallelization of data block

processing. The incremental load of material master data via the CIF interface enables users to load

data from SAP ERP to SAP SCM even if the selected data set contains erroneous objects. The correct

sets will be transferred, while the failed ones will be reported and can be reloaded after correcting

the errors. This approach enables faster startup of processes that cross SAP ERP and SAP SCM and

narrows error-detection activities to a smaller number of objects.

Page 50: Functionality EHP4 Final

50 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

7.1.3.1 Incremental load of material master data

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The enhancement enables users to load material master data from SAP ERP into SAP SCM in

increments. In case of an error, the CIF reports the error but continues loading the master data that

is error-free. That is called a partial load. After completion, the user can check the results and correct

the erroneous data. After correction, the user had to load only the remaining master data increment,

which saves time and capacity.

Pain Points:

- Performance of master data load into SAP SCM

- In case of erroneous master data objects, it is a tedious to find the errors among a large number of

objects

Business Benefits:

- Speeds up data integration between SAP ERP and SAP SCM

- Enables easier detection and correction of faulty master data

Target Group:

- Master data administrators

- Users using SAP SCM in connection with SAP ERP

7.1.3.2 Parallel load of PDS objects

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

PDS objects can now be loaded via CIF from SAP ERP into SAP SCM in parallel mode. This feature

enhances performance when a high number of PDS are selected for transfer. The number of objects

per thread and number of parallel threads is customizable in the CIF. Now this feature is enabled for

PDS objects.

Pain Points:

Performance of PDS transfer into SAP SCM

Business Benefits:

- Faster load of a larger number of PDS objects

- Better distribution of processing load among servers based on parallelization

Page 51: Functionality EHP4 Final

51 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

- Users handling PDSs

7.1.4 ERP, PDF-based forms (BF: ERP_ALL_PDF_FORMS - EhP: 4)

Description:

- Large number of new PDF forms

- PDF forms allow standard output on printers and on screen, an option for archiving documents, and

sending a document via e-mail

- All common business cases for printing forms can now be covered with PDF forms (restrictions may

apply to some country versions)

Early Adopters:

Customers who want to create or simply use compelling forms with little effort

Headline:

PDF Based Forms for all Common Business Cases

Business Benefits:

Customers will appreciate the low TCO paired with compelling looks and usability

7.1.4.1 Large number of new PDF print forms delivered in addition to the existing

forms

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Large number of new PDF-based forms delivered in addition to the existing forms

- PDF-based forms allow standard output on printers and on screeen in the de facto standard PDF

format, the option of archiving documents, and sending a PDF document via e-mail

- All common business cases for printing forms can now be covered with PDF-based forms

(restrictions may apply to some country versions).

Pain Points:

- Significant effort to create and maintain forms in SAP software

- The need to design individual, pixel-perfect forms for print and screen output

Business Benefits:

-Customers will appreciate the low TCO paired with compelling appearance and usability.

Page 52: Functionality EHP4 Final

52 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Easy creation and maintenance of PDF-based forms using Adobe Lifecycle Designer compared to

remarkably greater effort when working with SAPScript or SmartForms.

- Professional look of customer facing documents crated in SAP System.

- Possibility to include digital signatures (if respective application supports them)

Target Group:

Customers who want to create or use compelling forms with little effort

Page 53: Functionality EHP4 Final

53 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

8 End-User Service Delivery

8.1 End-User Service Delivery

8.1.1 HCM Localization Topics for Russia (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

- Additional off-cycle payroll calculations, such as vacation, reconciliation for the termination of

contracts, off-cycle bonus payments, and retirement

- Additional localization of SAP Employee Self-Service country-specific data maintenance and

approval based on HCM processes and forms

Early Adopters:

All payroll customers in Russia

Headline:

Additional Localization of Off-Cycle Payroll Calculation and Data Maintenance in SAP Employee Self-

Service

Business Benefits:

- New off-cycle payroll functions for fully legally compliant calculations and reporting of vacations,

stopping of labor contract, retirement, and bonuses.

- Enhanced functions of master data management available for employees via employee self-service

portal.

8.1.1.1 New off-cycle processes in payroll

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:

Customer can run off-cycle payroll calculations including vacation calculation, reconciliation by finish

of labor contract, off-cycle bonus payment, and calculation only on retirement date.

Pain Points:

Require a work-around solution to run off-cycle payroll calculations including vacation calculation,

reconciliation by finish of labor contract, off-cycle bonus payment, and calculation only on retirement

date.

Business Benefits:

Allows running off-cycle payroll calculations including vacation calculation, reconciliation by finish of

labor contract, off-cycle bonus payment, and calculation only on retirement date without work-

around solutions.

Page 54: Functionality EHP4 Final

54 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

All payroll customers in Russia

8.1.1.2 Support for New Scenarios with SAP Employee Self-Service

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Employees can maintain their travel passport of RF citizen and education information with SAP

Employee Self-Service

Pain Points:

SAP Employee Self-Service not offered for the above scenarios for Russia with the standard product

Business Benefits:

Allows employees to maintain their travel passport of RF citizen and education information with SAP

Employee Self-Service

Target Group:

Employees

8.1.2 Continuous Improvement Employee Interaction Center (BF:

HCM_EIC_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

A new concept for security, authorization, and user separation to restrict handling and access to

service tickets for user roles in the employee interaction center (EIC). Enhanced print function, new

portal content for EIC roles, expanded employee search function, and flexible custom views.

Early Adopters:

- Customers with a strong need for security constraints and data protection to restrict access to

sensitive activity data

- Customers with a strong need to differentiate authorization levels for user accountability and

responsibility

- Customers with a demand for flexible customizing options to create custom data views and print

activities

Headline:

Maximize Data Security, Protection, and Process Control with Enhanced Authorization for Activity

Access and Handling

Business Benefits:

Page 55: Functionality EHP4 Final

55 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Enhance data security and protection for user access to activity data

- Enhance customer flexibility to define and display custom views (employee search and activity)

- Improve employee search capabilities with additional search field criteria

- Strengthen risk and compliance management with new activity print capabilities

- Simplify data administration with new portal content for EIC role

- Increase operational efficiency and improve end-user experience with usability enhancements

8.1.2.1 Enhanced print capabilities with the activity print function

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

This function provides the ability to print an activity data summary in an easy-to-read, print-friendly

format (Adobe PDF) that can be tailored and customized to fit your company's business needs

Pain Points:

- Customers require the ability to produce a hard-copy document and summary of activity data

- Customers require the ability to restrict print capabilities if EIC agents are not authorized to view

and maintain activity data

Business Benefits:

- Increase convenience and minimize risk by enabling a print summary and hard copy document of

activity data

- Enhance flexibility and personalization options by allowing customers to modify and customize the

print template to fit their business needs

- Improve the end-user experience by providing the ability to save and download activity data for

future retrieval and storage

- Maintain high security by restricting print capabilities to unauthorized users

Target Group:

All EIC agents or EIC managers (end users) who have access to the EIC application and can view or

maintain activity data

8.1.2.2 Enhanced data security and authorization for activity-handling

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Page 56: Functionality EHP4 Final

56 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

This functionality introduces a new concept for security and authorization to restrict user accesses

and handling of activity data for different user roles

Pain Points:

- Currently, there is no concept to support user separation for EIC data and functionality for different

user roles

- Customers need more advanced security constraints to restrict access to activity data for

unauthorized users

- Customers need better system control and more flexible options to protect and secure activity data

Business Benefits:

- Minimize risk and prevent unauthorized access to activity data with enhanced data security and

protection

- Enhance system control and monitoring with flexible options to define security settings

- Increase effectiveness and efficiency of EIC agents by limiting data access to relevant function, role,

and tasks

Target Group:

EIC agents and EIC managers (end users) who can access the EIC application and view or maintain

activity data

8.1.2.3 Expanded data field options with flexible custom views

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The function provides customers with greater flexibility to create, display, and store their own

activity data fields using custom views in the EIC application

Pain Points:

- Limited ability to add and display additional employee data fields from the employee search view

and activity view

- More flexibility is required to define data field options which meet customers' business needs

Business Benefits:

- Greater flexibility for customers to create and define custom views that meet their business needs

- Enhanced capability to define the most relevant and useful data fields for business users (end users)

Page 57: Functionality EHP4 Final

57 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Enhanced usability and reporting capabilities with additional data field options for employee search

and activity view

Target Group:

EIC agents or EIC managers (end users) who have access to the EIC application and can view and

maintain activity data

Page 58: Functionality EHP4 Final

58 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

9 Financials

9.1 Corporate Governance

9.1.1 Financials Master Data Management: Charts of Accounts (BF:

FIN_MDM_ACC - EhP: 4)

Description:

A solution to maintain financial master data centrally in a corporate group with features like

versioning of the master data and approval workflow. The master data can be distributed by services

or download to operational systems.

Early Adopters:

Large corporate groups that use several different systems for financial accounting, consolidation,

planning, and reporting

Headline:

Improved consistency of master data within corporate groups

Business Benefits:

Sarbanes-Oxley-compliant governance process for corporate maintenance of charts of accounts.

Consistent charts of accounts in operational systems and consistent mapping to a group chart of

accounts for group close.

Less manual work due to automated distribution of master data changes.

9.1.1.1 Time and period-dependent versioning

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

An edition defines changes of selected types of objects that will become valid at a certain period

Pain Points:

Time-dependent versions of master data have to be maintained in parallel

All changes from one version to another should become effective together at a defined time

Differences between two versions should be easily visible

Business Benefits:

In financial master data management, time consistency is essentially for the customers for historical,

current, and future validities of objects

Page 59: Functionality EHP4 Final

59 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.

9.1.1.2 Flexible data model for entities to be maintained in central MDM

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The metadata model of the master data is the foundation for financial MDM: it defines the

persistence structure (database tables) of the entities, their relationship, and their attributes.

- Data Model delivered for standard SAP objects (example: chart of accounts)

- Reuse of existing data elements in SAP ERP

- Use of existing ERP tables as look-up tables

- Customer-defined enhancements of data model

Pain Points:

Maintenance of financial master data in several systems:

- Several operational systems (ERP)

- Consolidation and planning system(s) (CPM)

- Reporting system(s) (BI)

Inconsistent data in different systems

Significant effort for reconciliation in:

- Group close

- Corporate performance managementBusiness Benefits:

Ability to maintain and manage master data in a central system:

- Customers can use multiple data models at the same time. That makes individual data models

easier to understand and to maintain.

Target Group:

Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.

9.1.1.3 Flexible and comfortable maintenance

9.1.1.4 in one central system

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 60: Functionality EHP4 Final

60 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Web UI with customer enhancements

- Customer-defined validations

- Customer-defined authorizations

- Mass change

- Maintenance of hierarchies

- Authorizations for entities and attributes

Pain Points:

The master data is used and maintained in several different IT systems:

- Several operational ERP systems

- A consolidation system

- Reporting systems (BI)

- Planning systems (CPM)

Significant effort to maintain identical master data for a given period in a distributed system

landscape.

Business Benefits:

Great flexibility and comfortable maintenance

Target Group:

Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.

9.1.1.5 System-controlled change process with flexible approval workflows

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Change request describes the business reasons for a required change of master data and controls the

approval and execution of the actual changes.

Change has to be assigned to an edition (status: in process).

Change request ensures auditability of any change: what, when, who, and why

Textual description, attachments, and comments

Page 61: Functionality EHP4 Final

61 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Reporting of change requests with status

Pain Points:

In an approval process, several people have to be informed or have to approve a change before it

becomes effective:

No integrated approval process

No central audit trail

No historic versionsBusiness Benefits:

Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act:

Corporations listed on U.S. stock exchanges have to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act

Sarbanes-Oxley rules require:

Four eyes for certain transactions and changes: approval process

Audit trail: tracking of history of changes and approvals

Corporate CFO is responsible for compliance of local processes to corporate guidelines. Local

compliance is supported by enforcing corporate chart of accounts and guidelines in local ERP systems

Target Group:

Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.

9.1.1.6 Automated distribution to consuming systems

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

Sets of changes of an edition are distributed to several systems.

Distribution preferably by enterprise SOA services (or upload and download)

Pain Points:

Distribution of the master data into the operative systems (example: new general

ledger in SAP ERP Financials) and the system(s) performing the group close (like EC-

CS and SEM-BCS)Business Benefits:

Significant automation of the distribution process: reduce manual work and leverage fast close.

Target Group:

Corporate Accountant and Master Data Steward.

Page 62: Functionality EHP4 Final

62 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

9.2 Financial Accounting

9.2.1 Partly Exempt Organizations (BF: FIN_ACC_PEO - EhP: 4)

Description:

New functional capabilities have been provided that enable handling of value-added tax (VAT) for

partly exempt organizations

Early Adopters:

Customers with partly exempt organizations

Headline:

Handling of Value-Added Tax (VAT) for Partly Exempt Organizations

Business Benefits:

This business function allows organizations with partly exempt organizations, which handle VAT tax

differently to the rest of the entity, to implement fast, easy to use and profitable tax-exempt

business scenarios. For a partly exempt organization, tax reporting can be carried out to justify the

tax exemption and deduction rate. With this information, the sales tax statement can be filed with

the tax office. Partly exempt organizations can be used in the privat sector and in the public sector.

9.2.1.1 Tax handling for partly exempt organization

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:

With this feature, you can map in the system the company areas that are completely or partially

exempt from paying tax. You can define special tax codes for these areas and create tax reports as

proof for the tax office. In addition, you can use a program for supplementary tax adjustments for

variable tax deduction rates.

Pain Points:

- Handling of value-added tax (VAT) for partly exempt organizations

- Difficulties in preparing the sales tax statement for the local tax authority when running partly

exempt organizations

Business Benefits:

Allows the handling of value-added tax (VAT) for partly exempt organizations

Target Group:

All customers who run partly exempt organizations

9.2.2 Contract Accounts A/R and A/P, 02 (BF: FICAX_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Page 63: Functionality EHP4 Final

63 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

Generic development and enhanced functionality in the area of contract accounting

Early Adopters:

Customers with a large volume of business partners and documents to process

Headline:

Generic Development and Enhancements in the Area of Contract Accounting

Business Benefits:

Generic enhancements in contract accounting: enhancements for installment plans, enhanced

revenue distribution, business partner locks enhancements, new mass activity for credit card

payments, group items for automatic clearing, new features for mass activities, use of ledger groups

for doubtful receivables, new archiving objects, new extractors into SAP NetWeaver BI, and services

for legal dunning and external cash desk

9.2.2.1 Enhancements for installment plans

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Calculate interest at creation of an installment plan. Calculation and posting of fines, fees, and

inflation surcharge based on the original items. Special reporting tool for installment plans which

allows the open item evaluation to take the deferred due dates into account.

Pain Points:

Enhancements of the installment plan functionality, which is necessary to fulfill Brazilian market

requirements. Covers mail order business requirements for representing long-term payment

agreements by installment plans up to several years.

Business Benefits:

Because receivables with a due date more than one year in the future have to be reported

separately; installment plans are considered in year-end closing

Target Group:

Accountant

9.2.2.2 New mass activity for revenue distribution

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Page 64: Functionality EHP4 Final

64 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The new mass activity for revenue distribution permits automatic posting of distributions. Two

reports for analysis are also offered.

Pain Points:

Lacking automation in revenue distribution

Business Benefits:

Automation of event-based revenue and cost distribution in scenarios like season ticketing with

enhanced deferred revenues functionality

Target Group:

Accountant

9.2.2.3 Business partner locks enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can set preconfigured end-dates for business locks. Authorization concept is used at creation of

business locks

Pain Points:

Customers can now set an end date for business partner locks by default and perform authorization

checks

Business Benefits:

Automation and enhanced flexibility

Target Group:

Accountant

9.2.2.4 New mass activity for credit card payments

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Automatically mass-process credit card payments

Pain Points:

Missing mass activity for credit card payments

Business Benefits:

Page 65: Functionality EHP4 Final

65 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Automation

Target Group:

Accountant

9.2.2.5 Group items for automatic clearing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can group selected items at automatic clearing

Pain Points:

Customers can now group selected open items during the automatic clearing process

Business Benefits:

Usability

Target Group:

Accountant

9.2.2.6 New features for mass activities

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

In mass activities you can predefine a preselection, use generic variants, and configure log classes

Pain Points:

Usability of mass activities

Business Benefits:

Usability and automation

Target Group:

Accountant

9.2.2.7 Use ledger groups for doubtful receivables

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Page 66: Functionality EHP4 Final

66 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

You can use ledger groups for doubtful receivables

Pain Points:

No ledger groups for doubtful receivables

Business Benefits:

Usability and more flexible handling of doubtful receivables

Target Group:

Accountant

9.2.2.8 New archiving objects

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can archive revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents

Pain Points:

No archiving of revenues distribution and doubtful receivables documents

Business Benefits:

TCO reduction

Target Group:

Accountant and system administrator

9.2.2.9 New extractors into SAP NetWeaver BI

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Payment and returns history can be extracted to SAP NetWeaver BI

Pain Points:

No extraction of payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI

Business Benefits:

Better analytics

Target Group:

Page 67: Functionality EHP4 Final

67 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Accountant

9.2.2.10 Service for legal dunning

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

You can use an enterprise service to communicate with external collection agencies and legal

dunning organizations

Pain Points:

No interface for legal dunning and external collections agencies

Business Benefits:

Standardized communication

Target Group:

Collector

9.2.2.11 Extended service for external cash desks

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Additional features of the enterprise service for external cash desks to be used in an internal scenario

Pain Points:

No option to use the service in an internal scenario

Business Benefits:

Use the service internally

Target Group:

Cashier and collector

9.2.2.12 Define champion and challenger collection strategies

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 68: Functionality EHP4 Final

68 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The new feature allows defining test series for champion and challenger collection strategies. For a

certain percentage of your champion collection strategies, you can define challenger strategies,

which are then assigned to the master data groups.

Pain Points:

Collection agencies are constantly looking for options to improve their collection activities

Business Benefits:

The new features allow testing the current collection strategies against alternative collection

approaches. If the challenger strategy is more successful, you can replace the current champion

strategy to improve collections.

Target Group:

Collection agencies

9.2.2.13 Manage correspondence in interaction center

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Configure correspondence types

Compose outbound correspondence

Provide document management services

Pain Points:

Depending on its collection procedures, a collection agency needs to maintain various

correspondence types

Business Benefits:

The new feature allows collection agencies to set up new correspondence types flexibly for collection

purposes and use them in the context of SAP Collections Management

Target Group:

Collection agencies

9.2.2.14 Enhanced revenue distribution

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 69: Functionality EHP4 Final

69 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Consider distribution rates to distribute revenues, open items, and unassigned payments to final

recipients

Pain Points:

Revenue agencies have to distribute revenues to final recipients automatically

Business Benefits:

The new feature allows revenue agencies to automate the distribution of revenues.

Target Group:

Revenue agencies

9.2.2.15 Fund accounting integration

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

FM derivation and update: the reconciliation account is replaced in the FM derivation by the general

ledger account that results from account determination.

Grant-enabled FICA: the grant field can be used as an input field when posting FICA documents using

transaction FPE1.

GM Update: The Order, Cost Center, and WBS element are made available in the Grants

Management Update for the receivable/payable line(s) coming from FICA.

Splitting of Business Partner Lines: The user can enter one Business Partner Line and more than one

General Ledger Lines and the system splits the Business Partner Line into as many lines as General

Ledger Lines in the document.

Pain Points:

Reporting according to fund accounting regulations

Business Benefits:

Enhanced reporting capabilities

Target Group:

Accountants

9.2.3 FI Localization Topics for Japan and South Korea (BF: FIN_LOC_CI_4 -

EhP: 4)

Description:

FIN localization enhancements for Korea and Japan

Page 70: Functionality EHP4 Final

70 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Tax reporting: to maintain Korea-specific fields time-dependently in the vendor and customer master

Payments: to determine the due date of BOE in the authomatic payment program. Invoice

Summary Enhancements for Japan

Early Adopters:

All Korean customers who plan to use SAP ERP 6.0, including new and installed based customers

across all industries. Samsung Group will be Early Adopters.

Headline:

Localization for Continues Improvement of Tax Report and Automatic Payment Program

Business Benefits:

Legal compliance for South Korean against specific local time dependently fields for vendor and

customers; Improve payment running efficiency and accuracy for South Korea customers, Improve

system process automation and data consistency.

9.2.3.1 Enhancement of Korean Tax Report and Automatic Payment

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

1. Maintain the Korean specific fields(VAT reg.no. Tax code1, type of business, type of industry,

Representative name) in vendor&customer master time-dependently. 2. To determin a due date of

BOE and payment method automatically depending on a business type of vendor during the

automatic payment program.

Pain Points:

Legal compliance risks, high payment running efforts and costs

Business Benefits:

Minimize manual adjustment and improve system automation, improve data consistency.

Target Group:

Impact all customers

9.2.4 Information Life-Cycle Management: Tax Auditing (BF: FIN_ACC_ILM -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Extract all relevant data (master and transaction data) for doing tax audits with the retention

warehouse after decommissioning the original system

Page 71: Functionality EHP4 Final

71 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Early Adopters:

All customers who have to decommission an SAP system.

Headline:

Archive the Data of a System to Be Decommissioned

Business Benefits:

The original system can be retired. The financial data, including master data and customizing data,

will be stored in a separate archive system. It is possible to analyze the data at any time in the future

in the retention warehouse.

9.2.4.1 Archive context data

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

In addition to the normal archive process, the context data (master data and customizing) can also be

stored in a archive system

Pain Points:

Decommission an SAP system

Business Benefits:

Reduce total cost of ownership

Target Group:

System administrator

9.2.5 FI Localization Topics for Japan and Portugal (BF: FIN_LOC_CI_2 -

EhP: 4)

Description:

FI-AA localization enhancements for Japan and Portugal : property tax (Japan), invoice summary

enhancements (Japan), and MAPAS Fiscais (Portugal)

Early Adopters:

Corporate accounting

Headline:

Performance Improvement with Adobe Page-Split Functionality for Asset Accounting Reports: New

Functions for Invoice Summary

Business Benefits:

Page 72: Functionality EHP4 Final

72 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Asset accounting: performance enhancement for property tax, and MAPAS fiscais reports are

required because of the expected high volume of pages to be printed (up to 50,000). The

development is related to splitting output into smaller jobs (up to 200 pages each).

9.2.5.1 Accessibility and performance improvement with SAP Interactive Forms

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

The output of the report programs would be displayed in Adobe form, which makes the reports

compliant with accessibility. Performance of the report has been improved with the new Adobe split

functionality.

Pain Points:

Performance pressure in running reporting and inflexibility when tuning the length of PDF report

Business Benefits:

Performance optimization for running reports and improved processing capacity

Target Group:

Corporate accounting

Credit Card Encryption: Periodic Key Exchange (BF: PCA_KEYV -

PCA_KEYV - EhP: 4)

Description:

Periodic exchange of encryption keys used for payment card encryption according to the PCI DSS

standard

Early Adopters:

Secure handling of payment card data in SAP ERP

Headline:

Support of periodic exchange of encryption keys for payment cards

Business Benefits:

Improvement of the security settings in SAP ERP for credit card handling

9.2.6.1 Periodic key exchange

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Page 73: Functionality EHP4 Final

73 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

New key versions for credit card encryption can be generated with a new transaction.

It is possible to create an unlimited number of key versions.

The system always uses the most recent version of the key for new encryptions.

For decryption, old key versions are still used as long as data records for encrypted payment cards

that

have been encrypted using the old version still exist in the system.

The encrypted, stored credit card data can be migrated to the new key version, and the key versions

that are no longer used can be deleted.

Pain Points:

The Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) standard comprises requirements for

secure handling of credit card data for systems or applications. Besides others, which are already

fulfilled by SAP ERP and industry applications, it requires that encryption keys are exchanged

periodically and are finally destroyed, which is provided with this feature.

Business Benefits:

The credit card key exchange improves secure handling of payment card data. In addition to the

existing functionalities of an encrypted storage of credit card data in the system, masked display of

credit data in user interfaces, and so on, the keys to encrypt payment data can be exchanged

periodically and keys that are not used any more can be deleted.

Target Group:

Administrator triggering the key exchange and scheduling migration programs

9.2.7 Integration FI-CA/CRM Dispute Management (BF:

FICA_FSCM_CRM_DISPUTE - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enables integration of dispute management in FI-CA with dispute management in SAP CRM in the

interaction center (IC) Web Client

Early Adopters:

Service industries using FI-CA

Headline:

Integration of Dispute Management in FI-CA and SAP CRM

Business Benefits:

Integration of dispute management in FI-CA with dispute management in SAP CRM

Page 74: Functionality EHP4 Final

74 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

9.2.7.1 Integration of dispute management in FI-CA with dispute management in

SAP CRM

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Enables integration of dispute management in FI-CA and SAP CRM

Pain Points:

Missing integration of dispute management in FI-CA and SAP CRM

Business Benefits:

Integration of dispute management in FI-CA and SAP CRM

Target Group:

Dispute managers and collectors

9.2.8 General Ledger Accounting 2 (BF: FIN_GL_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Improve closing (enhanced check of posting periods)

Verify data transparency better (drill down from FI to CO data)

Validate data quality using additional account assignments (profit center)

Identify documents posted in new G/L ledger groups

Early Adopters:

Customers who want to have more transparency when performing parallel accounting using parallel

ledgers,

balance sheet, and profit-and-loss on additional account assignments

Headline:

Improved Business Process Control and Data Quality with Parallel Accounting and Additional Account

Assignments

Business Benefits:

Customers will have more control and transparency in terms of fast close and parallel accounting

9.2.8.1 Profit center assignment monitor

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 75: Functionality EHP4 Final

75 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Simplification / both

Description:

You can check the profit center assignment in sales order items and in real estate objects (RE-FX).

You can select the items and objects with specific profit center assignments or with missing

assignments. You can get an overview list of all items and objects.

Pain Points:

When correct profit center assignments were missing, postings were incomplete or incorrect. That

caused problems, especially when a profit-and-loss statement or balance sheet on the profit center

level is required.

Business Benefits:

Using this overview, you can find and correct missing assignments more easily.

Target Group:

Users who are responsible for profit center-related reporting

9.2.8.2 Guided procedure for document split configuration

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The wizards are a step-by-step aid to perform the document split customizing. The advantage over

following the IMG is that the system performs checks and document simulation on the basis of

existing documents.

Pain Points:

Customers had to be highly skilled in terms of document split customizing and functionality. Wizards

now help understand the meaning of the relevant customizing views better and give hints on how to

perform more consistent customizing.

Business Benefits:

Faster and more consistent customizing of the document split function

Better understanding of overall document split functionality

Target Group:

Users implementing document split customizing

9.2.8.3 Drill-down reporting from FI to CO

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Page 76: Functionality EHP4 Final

76 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

Additional drill-down functionalities from financial reports into controlling and financial reports.

Profit center and origin object type (example: cost center) information is a source for further drill-

down into controlling reports. The target reports are called via a reporting interface. Target reports

can be standard reports, custom or specific reports, and transactions.

Pain Points:

No drill-down capabilities from profit center reports into controlling reports; values at the profit

center currently cannot be reconciled with controlling data

Business Benefits:

Better reporting integration from FI to CO, value reconciliation between profit centers and cost

objects (origin objects), transparency between FI and CO values, and less reconciliation effort

Target Group:

Financial accountants, controllers, and persons responsible for profit centers

9.2.8.4 Ledger group-specific display of documents

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can select documents according to ledger or ledger group within EhP 4 using standard reports -

RFBELJ00, RFBELJ00_NACC, and - RFBUEB00

You can use the selection for customer-defined reports that are related to logical database BRF

Pain Points:

FI documents can be posted to a specific ledger group, but the reporting on documents previously

provided only selection via ledger. Therefore, some reports have been adapted so that the FI

documents can also be selected via ledger group and a customer may sort the FI documents via the

ledger group in the output list.

Business Benefits:

Customers running parallel accounting using the ledger approach covering different accounting

principles can now select documents according to the ledger group and increase transparency

Target Group:

Users who run reporting on FI documents

9.2.8.5 Separate check of posting periods for postings from CO to FI

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 77: Functionality EHP4 Final

77 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

At the end of the period, closing activities are executed. Using CO real-time integration, CO creates

postings that update FI. Up to now, the FI posting period had to remain open when postings from CO

to FI are performed.

These postings can now be handled via a separate (new) posting period interval.

Pain Points:

Checking the original FI postings and those being generated by controlling against one posting period

interval causes the following problems:

1. It opens the loophole that original FI postings still can be done - although from the viewpoint of

finance, the period should already be closed and no further postings posted in FI.

2. Controlling cannot ensure that there are no further postings in FI with cost elements to primary

cost accounts before starting its period-end closing activities.

Business Benefits:

Period-end activities in the financial and controlling department can be executed one after the other

without the necessity of organizational coordination. Smooth period-end closing process with fewer

problems and errors can be executed. The time needed to close can be accelerated.

Target Group:

Personnel in the financial and controlling departments

9.2.8.6 Ledger-specific check of posting periods

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Using the ledger approach within the new G/L in SAP ERP, each accounting principle is represented

by its own ledger. In general, the leading financial statement - relevant for the consolidated financial

statement - needs to be completed earlier than the local financial statement.

A different fiscal year variant using a different financial statement date can be assigned to each

ledger.

Therefore posting periods shall be handled ledger-specifically.

Up to now, a posting to several ledgers was checked only against the posting period of the

representative ledger.

This function offers an option to check a posting to several ledgers (accounting principles) against the

posting period variants of each ledger.

Page 78: Functionality EHP4 Final

78 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

From a system point of view, closing activities for all accounting principles need to be finished at the

same time and can't be handled independently.

The posting period of the parallel accounting principles are determined based on those of the leading

accounting principle. Using different fiscal year variants for different accounting principles, it is

necessary to check the posting periods for each accounting principle so that no postings affect the

books of already closed (previous) periods.

Business Benefits:

The financial department can postpone the local close; the consolidated close is finished at an earlier

time.

Using different fiscal year variants for different accounting principles, the system checks for each

accounting principle (ledger) if the posting period is opened.

A smooth period end-closing process with fewer problems and less organizational coordination can

be executed. The time of close can be determined by each accounting principle.

Target Group:

Personnel in the financial department

9.2.8.7 Validation of combinations of new G/L characteristics

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Postings to Fimay possibly result in accepted entries that are incoherent from the point of view of teh

combination of additional accoutn assignments. Example: a commission fee for a swap is to be

entered against an HR cost center. Both account and cost centers are valid, but from a business point

of view the posting does not make sense.

The assumption that all these semantic controls are done in the feeder application does not protect

against errors in manual postings or in the feeder applications themselves. That is especially true in

applications not fully integrated with the G/L.

This function simplifies this semantic check of GL posting data entry

Pain Points:

Accounting is the only source of truth of validated data, because accountants are responsible for

legal reporting. A lot of statistical information (not purely relevant to statutory accounting) is carried

therefore by G/L accounting documents. This information must be valid and the combination of

several items of statistical information must be semantically correct, because reporting is based on

this accounting proof information. Incorrect combinations of data can lead to incorrect reporting.

Page 79: Functionality EHP4 Final

79 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

When entering an accounting entry, all fields are checked to see if they exist. However, combinations

of the fields entered are never checked for validity. Fast close: by validating data individually and

checking combinations of data like product group and customer group, the accounting close is

accelerated because postings are checked when they are created and not at month-end during the

close. Discovery of incorrect reporting lines at month-end leads to time-consuming research and

manual adjustment. Properly validated accounting information can reduce the time to close by

several days.

Target Group:

Accounting departments running a lot of feeder systems and sending posting documents to the G/L

(banking, insurance, and retail )

9.2.9 Billing and Invoicing (BF: FICAX_BILL_INVOICING - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enablement of event detail records billing and convergent invoicing with FI-CAX. Event detail records

(EDR) are process-priced transactions to create structured bill content. The creation of convergent

invoices over multiple services and product lines will provide the customer with one bill.

Early Adopters:

Customers in traditional and other industries who handle a high volume of event detail records

Headline:

Enablement of Event Detail Records (EDR) Billing and Convergent Invoicing with FI-CAX

Business Benefits:

This business function enables the connection of billing, invoicing, and contract accounts for

customers outside of traditional industries. Bill calculation enables you to receive and bill process-

priced transactions (event detail records) with good performance. You can process priced

transactions together with additional data (example: from order management) to create structured

bill content, which are then forwarded to the invoicing process. The creation of convergent invoices

over multiple services and product lines will provide one bill to the customer.

9.2.9.1 Import billing accounts and event detail records

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Import billing accounts from external systems: extract business partner items in delta mode, dunning

history in delta mode, and SAP NetWeaver BI content based on business partner items and dunning

history. Import event detail records from external systems: import EDRs that are created in a rating

Page 80: Functionality EHP4 Final

80 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

system and process EDRs according to various categories. A comprehensive enhancement concept

supports definition of project-specific EDR categories.

Pain Points:

Communication between customer relationship management (CRM) and the billing system.

Communication between rating and billing systems.

Business Benefits:

Efficient import of billing accounts, integration with SAP CRM, fast and efficient import and storage

of EDRs, and integration with rating system

Target Group:

Operative employee

9.2.9.2 Creation of billing orders and billing documents

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Billing cycles, such as monthly on the 15th day of the month, can be used. Billing orders are

generated and processed by the billing process. When a billing account is billed, a billing period is

created, which defines which EDRs are to be billed. Billing in FI-CA also supports the billing of non-

EDR-based invoice component. When a billing account is billed, a billing period is created, which

defines which EDRs are to be billed. Billing in FI-CA also supports the billing of non-EDR-based

invoice components, such as a basic charge of a service charge. Billing documents are forwarded to

the invoicing process.

Pain Points:

Effective creation of billing documents including EDRs and non-EDR-based invoice components

Business Benefits:

Fast and efficient creation of billing orders to enable grouping and aggregation of EDRs. Effective

processing of bills. Integration of non-EDR-based invoice components. Standard interface to

invoicing process.

Target Group:

Operative employee

9.3 Financial Supply Chain Management

Page 81: Functionality EHP4 Final

81 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

9.3.1 FSCM Functions 2 (BF: FIN_FSCM_CCD_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Service-enablement of and Web UI for dispute cases and credit limit requests; multiple back-ends

and head-office branch structures

Early Adopters:

- Customers with a need to integrate other applications with SAP Dispute Management

- Customers with a need to improve the credit limit request process

- Customers who have head-office branch structures

- Customers who need to connect multiple backend systems (FI-AR) to a central SAP Collections

Management application

Headline:

Improved Flexibility and Openness in SAP Financial Supply Chain Management

Business Benefits:

- Lower integration costs

- Improved UIs enable wider reach and smooth process participation in the organization

- Lower system maintenance costs through more flexible deployment options

- More efficient collection process

9.3.1.1 Create, change and search credit limit requests via enterprise services

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

Create, change, and search credit limit request via enterprise services

Pain Points:

Link other applications to the credit limit request process in the SAP Credit Management application.

Flexible user interfaces for credit limit request process.

Business Benefits:

Easy integration of other applications to the credit limit request process in SAP Credit Management;

flexible custom-build user interfaces for credit limit request process

Target Group:

All customers who use or plan to use SAP Credit Management

Page 82: Functionality EHP4 Final

82 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

9.3.1.2 Create, change, and search dispute cases via enterprise services

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

Create, change, and search dispute cases via enterprise services

Pain Points:

Link other applications (for example, non-SAP CRM systems) to the SAP Dispute Management

application. Need to build custom-specific user interfaces for SAP Dispute Management

Business Benefits:

Smoother integration, more flexibility for the UI, and ability for customers to build their own UIs

Target Group:

Customers who use or plan to use SAP Dispute Management

9.3.1.3 New UI for creating and changing credit limit requests

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Allows users to create or change credit limit requests via an easy-to-use, Web based UI

Pain Points:

Creating credit limit requests by users who are not used to working with the traditional SAP GUI

(account managers, for example)

Business Benefits:

Creating credit limit requests made easy, system-based collaboration of sales a credit department,

and real-time information exchange between all participants of the credit limit request process

Target Group:

All customers who use or plan to use SAP Credit Management

9.3.1.4 New UI for changing dispute cases

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Allows users to change dispute cases via a Web-based UI

Page 83: Functionality EHP4 Final

83 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Changing dispute cases by casual users; integrate causual users in system-based collaboration

Business Benefits:

Changing dispute cases by casual users made easy through a Web UI. No loss or delay of information

because of no media breaks.

Target Group:

All customers who use or plan to use SAP Dispute Management

9.3.1.5 Collecting receivables from customers with head office branch structures

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Help collection specialist collect receivables from customers with head office branch structures

Pain Points:

Collecting receivables from customers with head office branch structures. Structure collections call

lists (work lists) according to subsidiaries.

Business Benefits:

Collecting receivables from customers with head office branch structures made easy. Allows users to

structure a work list based on customer's subsidiaries. Different collection specialists can work on

different subsidiaries - a common requirement in the consumer products industry.

Target Group:

All customers who use or plan to use SAP Collections Management

9.3.1.6 Collections with multiple back ends

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Allows users to manage business partners originating from multiple back ends in SAP Collections

Management

Pain Points:

Challenge to manage business partners originating from multiple back ends in SAP Collections

Management, especially when customer numbers are not unique across all systems.

Business Benefits:

Page 84: Functionality EHP4 Final

84 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Managing business partners originating from multiple back ends and possible overlapping number

ranges enabled in SAP Collections Management

Target Group:

All customers who use or plan to use SAP Collections Management

FSCM Integration 2 (BF: FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION - EhP: 4)

EhP: 4)

Description:

Service-enablement of and Web UI for dispute cases and credit limit requests; multiple back ends

and head-office branch structures

Early Adopters:

- Customers with a need to integrate other applications with SAP Dispute Management

- Customers with a need to improve the credit limit request process

- Customers who have head-office branch structures

- Customers who need to connect multiple back-end systems (FI-AR) to a central SAP Collections

Management application

Headline:

Improved Flexibility and Openness in SAP Financial Supply Chain Management

Business Benefits:

- Lower integration costs

- Improved UIs enable wider reach and smooth process participation in the organization

- Lower system maintenance costs through more flexible deployment options

- More efficient collection process

9.3.2.1 All features: see FIN_FSCM_CCD_2

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2. Business function FIN_FSCM_CCD_INTEGRATION requires FIN_FSCM_CCD_2

to be switched on.

Pain Points:

See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2

Page 85: Functionality EHP4 Final

85 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2

Target Group:

See FIN_FSCM_CCD_2

9.3.3 Biller Direct, Promise to Pay (BF: FIN_FSCM_BD_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enable new funcionalities in SAP Biller Direct for customers using FI-CA: 1) Enable promise-to-pay in

SAP Biller Direct and 2) Enable SAP Biller Direct to handle customer-defined fields during the selected

process on bill data, address data, bank data, and credit card data.

Early Adopters:

- Customers with high-volume call centers and high-effort collections who want to lighten the load at

call centers by offering promise-to-pay via e-services

- Customers who want to adjust or enhance screens in SAP Biller Direct with their own fields

Headline:

SAP Biller Direct: Promise-to-Pay and Customer Field Extensions

Business Benefits:

Promise to pay: Considering the increasing worsening of customers' payment behavior and default

payment, every channel and opportunity to collect payments, even if in fractional installments, will

be used and offered to the customer in a self-service. In the SAP Biller Direct application, consumers

now have an option to select a predetermined type of payment arrangement to settle their debts.

Additional actions for contact and confirmation creation finalize the process. Furthermore,

consumers will be able to display and review their promises to pay.

Customer field extension: the enhancement enables UI adjustments with reduced effort and thus

lowers TCO.

9.3.3.1 Promise to pay in SAP Biller Direct

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Open bills can be selected to create a promise-to-pay (P2P). Permitted P2P type, reason for the

promise, and written confirmation can be chosen. The start date and payment method for the

payment rates can be assigned.

An eligibility check is performed to determine if the customer qualifies to initiate a P2P.

Page 86: Functionality EHP4 Final

86 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

A simulation screen with details for the promise to pay is displayed so that the customer can

accept, reject, or create a new P2P.

Saving the P2P can create a contact (optional) and correspondence in FI-CA.

Existing active P2Ps can be displayed with drill-down details and original items.

Customers can withdraw P2Ps.

Open invoices contained in a P2P are indicated with a drill-down option to display the details.

Pain Points:

SAP Biller Direct customers and users of utilities customer e-services must give their consumers an

option to initiate promises to pay as a self-service. By providing this self-service, the work at call

centers lessened and every option used to receive at least a deferred payment from the consumer.

Business Benefits:

Call centers have less load when customers can create promises to pay by themselves in a self-

service. Companies can exhaust every possibility to get at least a deferred payment instead of

initiating extensive collections to dun these receivables.

Target Group:

Industries using FI-CA that deal with:

- Mass-volume data

- High workload in interaction centers

- Worsening payment behavior

9.3.3.2 Customer field extension in SAP Biller Direct

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Customer field extension (CFE) is applied to SAP Biller Direct processes:

- Address data

- Bill information

- Bank data

- Credit cards

The following is covered by this new development:

- Two classes that hold the functionality for the extension

Page 87: Functionality EHP4 Final

87 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Extend all actions to instantiate and clear the list at the beginning of each self-service

- Enhance all JCO calls to the back end so they also have the extension-table in the interface - also

enhance the function modules in the back end with this parameter

- Put a BADI method in all wrapper methods in the back end

Pain Points:

Adjusting or enhancing the UIs in SAP Biller direct meant extensive effort in SAP Biller Direct

implementation projects.

Business Benefits:

The enhancement enables UI adjustments with reduced effort and thus lowers TCO

Target Group:

SAP Biller Direct customers or users of utilities customer e-services who want to adjust or enhance

screens in SAP Biller Direct with their own fields

9.3.4 Billing Consolidation Connector (BF: FIN_FSCM_BCONS_CON - EhP: 4)

Description:

Billing consolidation connector provides a built-in capability to connect to service providers for

business-to-business document exchange, including digitally signed invoices. The connection is

tailored to meet the requirements of SAP Billing Consolidation.

Early Adopters:

Customers who want to exchange business-to-business documents electronically with their business

partners via supplier networks

Headline:

Built-In Capability to Connect to Service Providers for Business-To-Business Document Exchange

Business Benefits:

The billing consolidation connector combines SAP ERP functionality with a supplier network to

provide a comprehensive solution for electronic document exchange.

9.3.4.1 Billing consolidation connector

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription:

The billing consolidation connector provides a built-in capability to connect to service providers for

business-to-business document exchange. The connection is tailored to meet the requirements of

SAP Billing Consolidation, the SAP software running on the service provider's document exchange

Page 88: Functionality EHP4 Final

88 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

platform. With the connector delivered with SAP ERP, the customer can now easily and rapidly

connect to these consolidator platforms.

Pain Points:

This feature is now delivered with a standard SAP ERP package. The customer doesn't need to install

it separately.

Business Benefits:

The billing consolidation connector combines SAP ERP functionality with a supplier network to

provide a comprehensive solution for electronic document exchange

Target Group:

Customers who want to exchange business-to-business documents electronically with their business

partners via supplier networks

9.4 Management Accounting

9.4.1 CO, Allocations (BF: CO_ALLOCATIONS - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enhancements to CO allocation tools for activity allocation and overhead calculation. Calculations are

based on a specific valuation date rather than the current periodic rate. The change is important

where adjustments are required in prior periods when a different rate was valid.

Early Adopters:

Public sector organizations using multiple funding sources and funding types with varying timeframes

for the fund expiration with a requirement to make timesheet corrections outside the current period.

The realtime overhead functions may also be of interest to manufacturing customers wishing to

trigger an overhead posting as each order confirmation is posted.

Headline:

Prior-Year Rates for Timesheet Corrections

Business Benefits:

Allows organizations with multiple sources of funding to report funds usage correctly when

timesheet corrections are required outside of the current period. Allows the activity rates and

overhead rates to be read on the valuation date (prior-year rate) rather than the current calendar

period, so that costs corrected following a timesheet adjustment are properly stated. Also allows

realtime calculation of overhead costs rather than treating this calculation as part of the period close

process.

9.4.1.1 Value retrospective timesheet changes at prior-year rates

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 89: Functionality EHP4 Final

89 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Federal agencies allow timesheet corrections in the 13 months preceding the document date. If a

retrospective change is made to the number of hours worked, the rate selected for the associated

activity allocation should not be the activity rate valid at the time of posting, but the activity rate

valid on the key date for the change. Where complex funding sources with multiple funding types

and varying expiration timeframes are in place, the funding should also be updated based on the

prior-period account adjustments. Follow-on functions, such as overhead calculation, should also be

based on the values used for time recording.

Pain Points:

Where multiple funding types and multiple funding sources are common, funding usage must be

extremely accurate. If timesheet changes have to be made retroactively, the funds usage must be

adjusted to reflect the charge rate current at the time of the original data entry to the time sheet.

This process currently requires the modification described in SAP Note 699524.

Business Benefits:

Correct recording of fund usage in complex public sector organizations. Increased accuracy in cost

center accounting.

Target Group:

Timesheet managers and cost accountants who need to make retrospective corrections

9.5 Treasury

9.5.1 Bank Communication Management (BF: FIN_FSCM_BNK - EhP: 4)

Description:

This BF includes the functionality of Bank Communication Management shipped with EhP 2. This

component supports you when you monitor and release payment media in payment transactions

with banks. With EhP 4 the product has been improved in terms of Simplification

Early Adopters:

Customers with a high demand for the management of outgoing payments, customers with several

cost-intensive corporate-to-bank interfaces, and customers with connectivity to the SWIFT network

Headline:

Improve Compliance for Corporate-To-Bank Communication

Business Benefits:

- Enables standardization and automation of corporate to bank communication

- Enhanced straight-through-processing (STP) rates

Page 90: Functionality EHP4 Final

90 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Companies get an accurate and real-time view of their payment transactions

- Transparent management of outgoing payments with no breaches on internal controls

- Readiness for SEPA and UNIFI/ISO20022 standard

9.5.1.1 Simplified and enhanced bank communication management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

- Improved integration with cash management

- Automated triggering of follow-up activities via BAdI

- Indicate urgent payments in the payment monitor

- Improved service-enabling

- New services for paymemt advice

- Enhanced SEPA support

Enhanced reporting capabilities

Capability to assign additional approval users for dual control (Security)

Pain Points:

-Payment data is highly sensitive and requires sophisticated security processes to meet ever-

increasing regulatory mandates

-Security gaps during payment file transfer (authorization, signature, and encryption are often not

part of the solution)

- High levels of manual processing, productivity losses, excessive exception handling, and an overall

lack of transparency into payment flows

- Missing straight-through processing

Business Benefits:

- Standardization and automation of corporate to bank communication

Page 91: Functionality EHP4 Final

91 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Optimization of processes and increased payment flow transparency through status monitoring

- Enhanced straight-through-processing (STP) rates with end-to-end SWIFTNet integration

- Reduced maintenance costs by using global payment standards

- Includes ES bundle for the creation and status tracking of payment orders as well as bank

statements

- Readiness for SEPA and ISO20022

Target Group:

Corporate treasurers

9.5.1.2 Bank Communication Management (Enhancement Package 2)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Close integration with enterprise application functionality

Logical structuring of payments into batches

Multiple approval levels for outgoing payments

Audit trail for payment approval decisions along with digital signatures for internal audit

Analysis of payment status information and full payment-flow transparency as well as status

monitoring for bank statements

SWIFTNet Integration

Pain Points:

-Payment data is highly sensitive and requires sophisticated security processes to meet ever-

increasing regulatory mandates

-Security gaps during payment file transfer (authorization, signature, and encryption are often not

part of the solution)

- High levels of manual processing, productivity losses, excessive exception handling, and an overall

lack of transparency into payment flows

- Missing straight-through processing

Business Benefits:

Page 92: Functionality EHP4 Final

92 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Streamlined communication with house banks over a single communication channel (seamless

SWIFTNet integration)

Dramatically reduced TCO

Significantly improved straight-through processing

Increased payment flow transparency through status monitoring of payments and bank statements

Enhanced compliance through multiple approval levels for outgoing payments

Target Group:

Corporate treasurers and payment factory

9.5.2 CLM-CM, Additional Account Assignments (BF:

FIN_TRM_CM_DIMENSIONS - EhP: 4)

Description:

New accounting dimensions for cash management and forecast: business area (can now be turned

off), segment, profit center, fund, and grant

Early Adopters:

- Customers with a high demand for splitting the results of a cash position and liquidity forecast by

profit center or segment

- Customers from the public sector who split the results of a cash position and liquidity forecast by

fund or grant

Headline:

Split Results of Cash Position and Liquidity Forecast with Additional Accounting Dimensions

Business Benefits:

Enhanced reporting capabilities of cash position and liquidity forecast by additional selection of

general and industry-specific fields

9.5.2.1 Additional account assignments for cash reporting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The SAP Cash Management instruments for cash position and cash forecast are enhanced with new

accounting dimensions. By using these dimensions, the reports can be split according to business

Page 93: Functionality EHP4 Final

93 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

area (can now be turned off), segment, profit center, fund, and grant. If new general ledger

accounting is active in FI and document splitting is

performed there for FI documents for the relevant account assignments (business area, segment,

profit center, fund, and grant), you can define for which account assignments in cash management

the system should consider document splitting.

Pain Points:

Demand for splitting the results of cash position and liquidity forecast with additional accounting

dimensions

Business Benefits:

Enhanced reporting capabilities of cash position and liquidity forecast by additional selection of

general and industry-specific fields

Target Group:

-Public sector industries with a need for reporting by fund and grant

-Customers using additional assignments profit center, segment

9.5.3 TRM, Hedge Management for FAM (BF: FIN_TRM_INS_HM - EhP: 4)

Description:

Streamlined hedge management process to eliminate market price risk for securities in terms of

business and accounting. Securities and forward security transactions can be assigned and

designated by using hedging relationships. Effectiveness tests, documentation, and hedge accounting

are supported.

Early Adopters:

Customers with a significant demand for hedge capabilities and other accounting functionality

Headline:

Streamlined Hedge Management Process to Eliminate Market Price Risk for Securities in Terms of

Business and Accounting

Business Benefits:

- First option to hedge securities by using forward security transactions

- Streamlines hedge management processes to ensure compliance

- Seamless integration of hedge management into accounting and position management to ensure a

fast close

- Easy-to-use tracking of effectiveness and risk analysis with extensive logging functionality

9.5.3.1 Position management and accounting

Page 94: Functionality EHP4 Final

94 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Security position is split up according to different subpositions. That enables a customer to

differentiate between hedged portions of a security and freestanding portions.

Pain Points:

Up to now, customers who wanted to hedge financial assets had to execute a tedious, manual, and

therefore error-prone process without the support of SAP software

Business Benefits:

Streamlined, integrated process for hedging financial assets within SAP software

Target Group:

Financial asset management department, accountants, and risk manager

9.5.3.2 Effectiveness test of hedging relationships

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Retrospective and prospective effectiveness tests are prerequisites to the use of hedge accounting.

The effectiveness test uses the dollar-offset-method to calculate the effectiveness of a hedging

relationship. The effectiveness test can also be executed from the master data of the hedging

relationship.

Pain Points:

Significant manual effort to calculate the dollar-offset ratio outside the SAP software. Results of the

effectiveness test are stored outside the SAP software. Financial assets, hedging relationship, and

effectiveness test are currently not linked or reportable at a customer site.

Business Benefits:

Streamlined, integrated process of executing effectiveness tests (prospective and retrospective)

within the system by using market data. The results are stored and a history is available.

Target Group:

Financial asset management department, accountants, and risk manager

9.5.3.3 Hedging relationship

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 95: Functionality EHP4 Final

95 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Hedging relationships are used to assign hedged items (securities) to hedging instruments (forward

security transactions). If prerequisites (examples: documentation and effectiveness test) are

satisfied, the hedging relationship can be designated, and hedge accounting regulations can be used.

As long as the hedging relationship is fulfilling the requirements for hedge accounting, the respective

posting rules are used.

Pain Points:

Use of external tools to store the information on hedged items and hedging instruments to enable

posting the results manually to the general ledger. Lack of reporting capabilities on the levels of

hedging relationships, hedged items, and hedging instruments.

Business Benefits:

Reduced number of external tools. Seamless integration of hedging relationships within position

management by using subpositions to distinguish between the freestanding part of securities and the

already designated or hedged portions. Documentation and effectiveness tests are stored related to

the hedging relationship and can be reported.

Target Group:

Financial asset management department, accountants, and risk manager

9.5.3.4 Documentation of hedging relationships (hedged item and hedging

instrument)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:

Within hedging relationships, users can create documentation automatically or manually (upload or

enter). The documentation is one of the prerequisites for the use of hedge accounting. The

documents are stored with the document management service.

Pain Points:

Documentation had to be stored outside SAP software. Because the documentation is one of the

parts that auditors investigate, the manual effort needed for storage and linking to the business

cases was significant and error-prone. The automatic creation options significantly reduce the effort.

Business Benefits:

By connecting the documentation of the designation and the hedging relationship within SAP

software, customers have a single point of entry for information gathering during audits.

Documentation can be easily created by using the automatic functionality based on PDF forms.

Target Group:

Page 96: Functionality EHP4 Final

96 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Financial asset management department, accountants, and risk manager

9.5.4 TRM, Hedge and Exposure Management, SWIFT (BF:

FIN_TRM_LR_FI_AN_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Hedge and exposure management for commodities, accounting enhancements;

Forward stock transactions; correspondence monitor for SWIFT messages MT3xx,and MT 5xx;

IFRS 7 and exposure integration to risk analyzer (NPV and VAR analysis of financial exposures).

Early Adopters:

- Customers with a high demand for hedge capabilities or other accounting functionality in the

treasury area

- Customers with a high demand for a tool to manage exposures (for foreign currency and

commodities) as a prerequisite for hedge management

- Customer with a high demand for financial risk analysis

- Customers with a high demand for straight through processing of Swift messages

Headline:

Hedge and Exposure Mgmt. for Commodities, Integration with Analyzer,

Straight through processing via correspondence monitor for MT300/MT500 Series

Business Benefits:

- Enables customers to handle commodity exposure and do hedge management and accounting for

commodities

- Enable customers to calculate value at risk and net present values for exposure positions

- IFRS 7 reporting

- New product type for forward transactions on securities

- Straight-through processing of MT3xx and MT5xx messages as well as confirmation-matching

process

9.5.4.1 Exposure management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Page 97: Functionality EHP4 Final

97 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Exposure management delivers an option to upload foreign currency and commodity exposures from

various sources to group and track them over their lifetime and use them as hedge items in hedge

management. The exposures of the exposure management could be used to calculate NPVs or VAR in

the market risk analyzer, which then are needed for effectiveness testing or reporting.

Pain Points:

Exposures (either foreign currency or physical commodity) lie in various systems and for hedging

purposes they have to grouped and tracked.

The change in a lifetime of a exposure position is not stored and available for auditors

Missing possibility to calculate net present values or value at risk for exposure positions

Business Benefits:

Manage and track the complete lifetime of uploaded exposures

Option use uploaded exposures as hedged items in hedge management to reduce manual interaction

in hedge management

Helps get risk key figures for uploaded exposures

Target Group:

Treasury department

Commodity trading desk

Risk manager

9.5.4.2 Correspondence monitor

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Supports correspondence process in the area of confirmation handling, trading, and settlement -

flexible output channel (MT and FAX) . Supports MT formats: MTs 300, 320, 395, 399, 502, 509, 515,

536, 540, 541, 542, 543, 544, 545, 546, 547, and 548

Pain Points:

Time-consuming, manual and error-prone process

Business Benefits:

Enables the customer to have real straight-through-processing from deal capture via correspondence

matching to automatic accounting update.

Mitigates the risk of errors and therefore strengthens compliance and enables a fast close

Page 98: Functionality EHP4 Final

98 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Treasury manager, asset management department, and middle office department

9.5.4.3 Hedge of commodity positions

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Offers the option to use hedge accounting for commodity positions coming from exposure

management by using commodity paper deals (futures and forwards) from the transaction manager

Pain Points:

Hedge accounting for commodity positions

Business Benefits:

Ability to do hedge accounting and management for commodity, FX, and interest risks in one solution

and therefore to have only a single source of truth for hedge management and hedge accounting

Target Group:

Treasury department

Accounting department

Risk management

9.5.4.4 New effectiveness test method

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Regression analysis compliance and reporting for IAS39 and FAS 133 hedge accounting standards in

the area of effectiveness testing. This tool allows a hedge effectiveness test based on linear

regression analysis of exposure, hedge item, and hedging instrument.

Pain Points:

Existing hedge effectiveness tests like dollar-offset method were unable to test effectiveness over

multiple data points in a period

Business Benefits:

Page 99: Functionality EHP4 Final

99 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

With regression analysis, you can evaluate an hedge relationship using a retrospective or prospective

effectiveness test and calculate data points in the period. Regression analysis tool allows you to set

parameters like slope, intercept, R-squared and adjusted R-square, T-statistic, and F-statistic, to

determine the effectiveness of the hedging relationship.

Target Group:

Treasurer, risk manager, and compliance officer

9.5.4.5 Forward security transaction

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Supports the life cycle of a forward security transaction (rollover, advance maturity, delivery at

maturity, dividend adjustment, and cash or physical delivery), in compliance with several accounting

principles

Pain Points:

Time-consuming and manual process does not manage risk and compliance

Business Benefits:

Straight-through processing: option to hedge the market price risk of an underlying; management of

risk and compliance

Target Group:

Asset management department, accountants, and treasury manager

9.5.4.6 Purchase GAAP accounting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The need to report values based on P-GAAP (next to the historical figures) is reflected by the

introduction of three new book value components: value adjustment gains (VAD gains), value

adjustment losses (VAD losses), and original value adjustment (original VAD).

Pain Points:

Time-consuming and manual process

Business Benefits:

Meets auditing requirements, manages risk and compliance, and reduces error-prone manual work

Page 100: Functionality EHP4 Final

100 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Group accountants

Page 101: Functionality EHP4 Final

101 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

10 Human Capital Management

10.1 <general>

10.1.1 HCM Localization Topics for Spain (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_5 - EhP: 4)

Description:

SAP HCM localization enhancements for Spain:

Off-cycle payroll for Spain

Early Adopters:

Enhanced payroll processing for Spain

Headline:

Enable Off-Cycle Payroll Execution for Bonus Payments and Special Payments in Spain

Business Benefits:

For bonus payments and special payments in Spain, a payroll specialist can run additional payroll

processes before the scheduled regular payroll run. Separate pay slips will be generated for each off-

cycle run.

10.1.1.1 Off-cycle payroll for Spain for bonus payments and special payments

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

A payroll specialist can run the payroll for bonus payments and special payments in Spain separately

before the scheduled regular payroll run.

Pain Points:

Bonus payments and special payments need not wait until the pay day for the regular income.

Business Benefits:

Bonus payments and special payments need not wait until the pay day for the regular income.

Target Group:

Payroll specialists

10.1.2 HCM Localization Topics for the Italian Public Sector (BF:

HCM_LOC_CI_4 - EhP: 4)

Page 102: Functionality EHP4 Final

102 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

SAP HCM localization for public sector in Italy

Early Adopters:

All Italian public sector organizations: national, regional, and local governments, including defense,

public security, healthcare, and education

Headline:

Enable Specific Legal Reporting for the Italian Public Sector

Business Benefits:

- Complete solution to make the Italian public sector organization legally compliant

- Payroll processing adapted for Italian public sector needs

- Severa legal reports adapted for public sector needs

10.1.2.1 Legal reporting for Italian public sector

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

It provides main legal reports for the Italian public sector, including:

- Social security report (DMA/INPDAP)

- Yearly financial declaration (F24)

- Contributive form (CUD)

Pain Points:

Enables them to be legally compliant with Italian public sector legislation

Business Benefits:

Enables public sector companies to be legally compliant with Italian public sector legislation

Target Group:

- HR administrators for public sector organizations

10.1.2.2 Concurrent employment PS Italy

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Page 103: Functionality EHP4 Final

103 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

- It enables the concurrent employment functionality at the master data level. That means use of the

person_id as an upper link of different pernrs in the same system. It thus enables the customer to

change the pernrs of their system, maintaining a link with the employee through the person_id and

giving capabilities at the navigation and query levels.

Pain Points:

- Customers will be able run consolidated reports for employees with more than one ID number.

Currently, customers are developing their own customer solutions to solve this issue, but their

solutions do not cover navigation in main screens (PAXX) or query capabilities. This solution will take

the first step to cover (in a standard way) the rehiring an company change problem in Italy and set

the basis for the customers to return (slightly) to the standard.

Business Benefits:

- Large life customers will have a solution to cover the company change issue at the master data level

- New possible customers are asking for the same solution before implementation

- Some claims from customers about the product might be partially covered

Target Group:

HR administrators (public sector)

10.1.3 HCM Localization Topics for the Swedish Public Sector (BF:

HCM_LOC_CI_6 - EhP: 4)

Description:

SAP ERP HCM localization for the public sector in Sweden

- Concurrent employment

- Collective agreements for PS

- Legal reporting for PS

Early Adopters:

Public sector organizations in Sweden

Headline:

Enable Existing Public Sector Organizations in Sweden to Use SAP ERP HCM

Business Benefits:

Page 104: Functionality EHP4 Final

104 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Public sector organizations in Sweden can perform personnel administration and payroll and legal

reporting that is compliant with legislation valid for them.

10.1.3.1 PS functionality for HCM Sweden

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

A. Public sector customers can use concurrent employment (CE) functionality

B. Payroll calculation algorithms specific to the public sector are available

C. Legal reports specific to the public sector are delivered

Pain Points:

There was no solution for concurrent employment in existing private sector solution

Business Benefits:

- CE makes SAP ERP HCM usable in PS areas

- PS functionality makes the offer comparable to that of competitors

Target Group:

Customers in PS sector in Sweden: state offices, municipalities, schools, and universities

10.1.4 TNM/LSO Integration (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_8 - EhP: 4)

Description:

SAP Learning Solution objects (curriculum type (DC) and course program (EK)), are supported in

training needs management (TNM)

Early Adopters:

SAP Learning Solution customers who require training needs management

Headline:

Training Needs Management Enabled for SAP Learning Solution Objects

Business Benefits:

Training needs can be defined for SAP Learning Solution objects: curriculum types (DC) and program

courses (EK)

10.1.4.1 Training needs management for curriculum types and program courses

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 105: Functionality EHP4 Final

105 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Training administrators can plan training needs and valuate costs for curriculum types and program

courses

Basically all the functionality of TNM is supported for SAP Learning Solution objects

Pain Points:

Full functionality of SAP Learning Solution is unavailable in TNM

No training needs management possible for advanced trainings like curriculum types and program

courses

Business Benefits:

Training needs management is available for the full spectrum of SAP Learning Solution objects

Target Group:

Training administrators

10.1.5 HCM Localization Topics for Japan (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_3 - EhP: 4)

Description:

SAP ERP HCM localization enhancements for Japan:

Pension (Japan)

Flexible payroll (Japan)

Early Adopters:

Ajinomoto runs SAP R/3 Enterprise and plans to upgrade to SAP ERP 2005 in 2008

Headline:

New Flexible Payroll for Japan Enables Monthly, Weekly, Biweekly, and Semimonthly Payment

Business Benefits:

New flexible payroll for Japan enables monthly, weekly, biweekly, and semimonthly payment

10.1.5.1 Rehiring (retirement)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Page 106: Functionality EHP4 Final

106 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The project objective is elimination of legal noncomplaince of the HR/Payroll Japanese solution

concerning calculation of retirement and rehiring payment

Pain Points:

Current HR/Payroll Japanese solution is not compliant with legal requirements

concerning calculation of retirement and rehiring paymentBusiness Benefits:

Mitigates the risk of legal compliance of HR/Payroll Japanese solution concerning calculation of

retirement and rehiring payment

Target Group:

Payroll administrator

10.1.5.2 Japan: flexible payroll

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

New solution of JP flexible payroll that enables monthly, weekly, biweekly, and semimonthly

payment

Pain Points:

'the current payroll solution does not support weekly, biweekly, and semimonthly payment

Business Benefits:

New solution of JP Flexible payroll enables monthly, weekly, biweekly, and semimonthly payment

Target Group:

Payroll administrator

10.1.5.3 Corporate pension

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:

The corporate pension that corresponds to the third tier is a generic name of the following pension

systems among private pensions, which are designed and managed by companies based on the law.

1. Pension fund

2. Tax qualified pension plan

3. Defined benefit corporate pension

4. Defined contribution pension

Page 107: Functionality EHP4 Final

107 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

In the current functionality of SAP ERP HCM, the data model does not consider the corporate pension

as a whole

Business Benefits:

The two key points in offering the solution covering the entire corporate pension scheme of Japan

with SAP ERP HCM: 1. Support for a new pension plan (defined benefit corporate pension and

defined contribution pension) 2. Enhancement of the supporting system for the existing corporate

pension scheme (pension fund)

Target Group:

Payroll administrator

10.1.6 HCM Localization Topics for Norway (BF: HCM_LOC_CI_7 - EhP: 4)

Description:

SAP ERP HCM localization topics for Norway: Basics for the municipality sector,

which includes multiple position handling in master data and the corresponding

payroll handling. It also includes pension handling with a new infotype and

corresponding payroll handling.Early Adopters:

EDB is an ASP solution provider and a partner company to SAP in Norway

Headline:

Enable Existing Municipality Sector Organizations in Norway to Use SAP ERP HCM

Business Benefits:

Using the business function will enable the customers to use the standard municipality sector

solution for Norway.

10.1.6.1 Municipality sector functionality for HCM Norway

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

This functionality will enable customers to maintain master data for employees belonging to the

municipality sector and the corresponding payroll handling in payroll for Norway.

Pain Points:

Customers had no solution for municipality sector employees in Norway.

Business Benefits:

Page 108: Functionality EHP4 Final

108 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Manage master data and payroll handling for municipality sector employees

Target Group:

Municipality sector employees in Norwegian companies

10.2 Talent Management

10.2.1 HCM, Core Processes in Talent Management (BF: HCM_TMC_CI_1 -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Delivery of core processes in talent management for managing succession and developing talent

Early Adopters:

- Customers who focus on succession management and review and development of talent

- Customers who wish to prepare and perform these processes in a reasonable time with the support

of a tool

Headline:

Empowers Managers, HR, and Talent to Update and Prepare Talent-Related Information Accurately

and Efficiently

Business Benefits:

- Ensures accurate talent data when required in various business processes of talent management

- Allows system-supported decision making

- Addresses the needs of casual users involved in the talent management processes through

appealing, user-friendly services

- Tailored processes for different roles according to context and business need

Enhancements in job architecture and organizational foundation

foundation

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- The job architecture is enhanced by two new objects, the functional area and the job family. A job

family allows users to group one or several jobs (or positions); the functional area allows users to

group one or more job families. Qualifications can be stored on each level. Those belonging to a

functional area can be inherited to job families; those on a job family to jobs. Qualifications on jobs

are inherited to positions.

Page 109: Functionality EHP4 Final

109 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Positions and jobs can be marked as key positions and jobs for succession planning.

Pain Points:

The previous job architecture lacked additional grouping options and was sometimes considered too

static. Customers often considered creating grouping options on their own.

Business Benefits:

Provides the flexibility to group jobs and positions according to more flexible criteria and views

Target Group:

- Talent management specialists

10.2.1.2 Talent profile

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / bothDescription:

- This functionality allows users to update the talent-relevant information of an employee accurately

- New and richer information can be entered

- Update can be performed by managers, talent management specialists, or employees, depending

on the context

Pain Points:

- Inability to keep talent data accurate for critical processes (example: talent reviews)

- Tedious consolidation of data from multiple sources and programs

Business Benefits:

- Store and update talent data in a single source

- Ability to retrieve accurate data quickly when required

Target Group:

- Managers

- Talent management specialists

- Employees

10.2.1.3 Talent review

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Page 110: Functionality EHP4 Final

110 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- The functionality of talent reviews allows users to prepare and conduct talent review meetings

- The preparation allows users to define the participants and easily link talent who will be discussed

as agenda topics

- Before the meeting takes place managers need to assess their talents according to performance and

potential.

- In addition, handouts for preparation can be printed

- A talent review meeting allows users to discuss and review talents interactively by viewing talent

data

- Interactive calibration of talents is allowed as well as the storage of confirmed results

Pain Points:

- Time-consuming preparation

- Conducting meetings based on paper or with a static presentation

Business Benefits:

Interactively review and calibrate talent and follow the changes and agreements on talent with the

projected screens

Target Group:

- Managers

- Talent management specialists

10.2.1.4 Succession planning

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- This feature allows users to determine key positions

- It allows to view update succession information, such as identifying successors for key positions

- It can rank successors by priority and determine their readiness for a key position

- It can compare successors with others and with key position requirements

- It provides an ability to monitor the successor bench strength of key positions at a glance

Pain Points:

Page 111: Functionality EHP4 Final

111 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Lack of user-friendly, graphically appealing interfaces to view and especially to maintain information

on succession

Business Benefits:

Address the needs of HR users and managers who wish to safeguard selected key positions efficiently

Target Group:

- Talent management specialists

- Managers

10.2.1.5 Talent development

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- The development of talent requires development plans to be set up as a follow-up to review

meeting or succession decisions

- Various types of development actions can be set up.

- Progress and quality can be measured on actions or plans

Pain Points:

Setting up development actions for special programs

Business Benefits:

Set up and monitor the development of talentTarget Group:

- Managers

- Talent management specialists

10.2.2 HCM, SAP E-Recruiting 2 (BF: HCM_ERC_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

User interface for SAP E-Recruiting, Web services for third-party services, candidate profile,

improved handling of all activities and mass activities, and search user interface

Early Adopters:

- Customers who are implementing or live on SAP E-Recruiting 6.0

- Customers looking to improve the quality of hires through more effective screening and selection

- Customers who want to provide a better candidate experience

Page 112: Functionality EHP4 Final

112 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Headline:

Streamline the Hiring of Talented Personnel with Enhancements for SAP E-Recruiting

Business Benefits:

Helps organizations recruit and hire top talent more efficiently

- Improves the recruiter experience and daily work with the SAP E-Recruiting application

- Reduces drop-off rates for applicants

- Guarantees better end-user satisfaction for SAP E-Recruiting, which means better usability for the

entire recruiter role

10.2.2.1 Simplified user interface for the new role of recruiter

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

The new portal role of recruiter includes fast access to and a task overview of all necessary activities

like candidate or requisition quick searches, requisition creation services, fast activity creation

options, and so on in the e-recruiting area

Pain Points:

One central page where users (recruiters) find their work and tasks

Business Benefits:

The goal of the main user (recruiter) as such is to see all relevant information guiding daily work at a

glance: open requisitions, view new applications, and have fast access to a quick search. Further, the

recruiters aim at direct access from the work center to the tasks carried out within the system.

Target Group:

Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants.

10.2.2.2 Candidate profile

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

When working with candidates, it is essential for a recruiter to get an overview of the basic data of a

candidate in an easy way, because the recruiter has to decide about the candidate's suitability for a

job or the candidate's suitability for the company and perform according actions on this candidate.

Of course, the system provides a lot of tools to support the recruiter in making decisions, but

nevertheless the recruiter's personal rating of the candidate is also required. In addition, the

Page 113: Functionality EHP4 Final

113 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

recruiter has to get an easy overview about the actions that have already performed on the

candidate to decide about the next steps.

Pain Points:

The candidate's data is easy to find, easy to read, and easy to understand

Business Benefits:

Smooth and easily understandable candidate profile, which can be reached from separate

components of SAP E-Recruiting

Target Group:

Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants

10.2.2.3 Candidate selection list

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

The main objective of recruiters is to hire the best people for an organization as quickly and

efficiently as possible. At the same time, recruiters needs to keep a record of what actions or

activities have been carried out on candidates: they need to perform applicant tracking. On average,

recruiters are processing 15-25 requisitions at the same time, each with between 5 and 500

applicants, depending on the position in question. That means that recruiters have a lot of data to

manage at the same time and a lot of information to keep track of, all while they are performing

applicant tracking, evaluating candidates, coordinating with hiring managers, and so on.

Pain Points:

Recruiters and the roles that support them, such as prescreeners, therefore need an efficient way to

organize their tasks and to get information about their requisitions and candidates quickly. They

need, for example, an overview of how many candidates have either applied or been assigned to the

requisitions they are working on and how the candidates are distributed among the different stages

in the recruiting process.

Business Benefits:

Making a point of information readily available and easily accessible will help recruiters do their job

more efficiently

Target Group:

Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants

10.2.2.4 Activity management for applicant tracking

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 114: Functionality EHP4 Final

114 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / both

Description:

Activity management (or applicant tracking) is the core of any recruiting system. As part of the

recruiting process, recruiters carry out different actions or activities with candidates as they evaluate

them and take them through the recruiting process. These activities need to be recorded or tracked,

to ensure that the proper process is being followed. This is important for a couple of reasons. The

first is for legal compliance reasons. In many countries companies need to be able to prove that they

are recruiting fairly, and they therefore need to keep track of all interactions with candidates.

Another reason is for reporting.

Pain Points:

Many recruiters view activity management as purely administrative work that does not help them

with their primary goal of finding and hiring the best people as quickly as possible. That sometimes

leads to recruiters doing a large portion of their recruiting work outside of a recruiting system and

then only later recording the minimum of activities to satisfy management and legal compliance.

Business Benefits:

Activity management needs to get less complex and easier to use. Some activities need to be

combined into one overall activity.

Target Group:

Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants

10.2.2.5 Work center for the role of recruiter

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Recruiters and their supporting colleagues need to rely on a variety of tools that support them in

reacting quickly and smoothly to the requirements of their daily work.

To ensure fast and smooth access to their necessary daily activities, recruiters need an appropriate

system entry page like a pilot has when looking into a airplane's cockpit. As a support for the fast

access and task overview needed, an organized work center with the necessary access possibilities to

various activities like candidate or requisition quick searches, requisition creation services, or fast

activity creation possibilities, is strongly desired. All these functionalities should be triggered from

the work center.

Pain Points:

The primary goal of this work center is that the recruiter needs a better and more usable access to

and a faster overview of daily tasks via a work center.

Page 115: Functionality EHP4 Final

115 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Based on the comprehensive role definition for the recruiter, all other HR-relates personas which

were evaluated during the roll-in project, that is lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants. and

prescreeners, can have access later on to their own role-specific data needed in their daily business

through the work center.

Business Benefits:

The purpose of the recruiter's work center is to bundle functionalities that are needed by recruitesr

to do their work as quickly and efficiently as possible

Target Group:

Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants

10.2.2.6 Requisition management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / bothDescription:

This functionality includes the creation of requisitions and postings and maintenance. Also, new and

easy status handling for the requisitions is included.

Simplification of the user interface and improvement of usability concerning requisition creation and

maintenance by replacing sequences by tabs reduces the number of fields that are necessary to give

all required information and groups several containers into one tab.

Pain Points:

Problem with existing usability in the requisition area. Customers often regard creating and

maintaining requisitions and postings as too complex in the current solution. The fact that the

process is divided up into three parts (requisition, publication, and posting) confuses customers. They

do not want to jump into another container sequence for publication and posting.

Business Benefits:

New process for requisition management. New UI for requsisition management. The main need is to

convert the recruiters' front end from BSP to Web Dynpro technology to get straightforward

navigation in the requisition management process.

Target Group:

Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants

10.2.2.7 Simplified user interface for the new role of recruiting administrator

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 116: Functionality EHP4 Final

116 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Simplification / both

Description:

In many processes during the overall recruitment cycle, an online system recruiting administrator is

needed to support end users involved in the recruitment cycle with questions about user

administration, system errors, central data maintenance, and so on. The role is typically used by a

customer's system support groups (who support external as well as internal end users) or from HR

system power users.

Pain Points:

Cumbersome maintenance of recruiting system: customers had difficulties in configuring recruiting

data in SAP E-Recruiting due to its complex and powerful configuration options.

Business Benefits:

The purpose of the recruiting work center is to bundle functionalities and services that are needed by

recruiting administrators to work as quickly and efficiently as possible. - Minimal configuration effort

- Quick implementation

Target Group:

System administrator of SAP E-Recruiting

10.2.2.8 Search

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

SAP E-Recruiting provides functionality that helps companies find new employees, employ them in

positions that suit their capabilities, promote their professional development, and retain them in the

long term. The application handles almost the entire process chain, from planning and budgeting,

through attracting, hiring, and retaining employees. The diversity of functions includes electronic

screening, filtering, sorting, ranking, monitoring of activities and so on. A lot of functionalities have to

be covered by the search solution.

Pain Points:

The existing search UI is not user-friendly and is very complex. The existing UI is unusable for a the

recruiter or prescreener.

Business Benefits:

This UI should provide (at least) the same functionality as the current search UI, but it should be

more user-friendly and easier to handle

Target Group:

Lead (senior) recruiters, HR assistants and prescreeners, and HR consultants

Page 117: Functionality EHP4 Final

117 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

10.2.3 HCM, Performance Management 01 (BF: HCM_OSA_CI_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Performance management (also known as objective setting and appraisals) has additional functional

and usability enhancements that address cascading goal capabilities, enhanced SAP Learning Solution

integration, and a user interface for a specific performance management process.

Early Adopters:

- Customers who are using this application in an active mode

- Customers who want to set up and align corporate, departmental, and team goals

- Customers who want to set courses as mandatory and directly book courses in an appraisal

document

- Customers who want to use this user interface for a specific performance management process

Headline:

Enable Cascading Goals, Enhance Integration with SAP Learning Solution, and Use Simplified User

Interface for a Specific Process

Business Benefits:

- Implementation optimized due to cascading goals functionality as part of performance

management.

- Improved process efficiency due to enhanced integration.

- Minimized configuration effort and quick implementation due to a predefined performance

management process available.

10.2.3.1 Cascading goals

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Corporate, departmental, and team goals can be created and cascaded to the corresponding

employees.

Pain Points:

- Process limitations: as part of the yearly performance management process often corporate,

departmental and team goals are defined before the individual employee goals are set up.

- Lack of an overall view of all goals (strategic and individual goals) are displayed in the employee's

appraisal documents.

Business Benefits:

Page 118: Functionality EHP4 Final

118 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Implementation optimized because now the customers can use performance management for

setting up corporate, departmental, and team goals

Target Group:

Managers at any organizational level

10.2.3.2 Enhanced SAP Learning Solution integration

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Enhanced SAP Learning Solution integration provides the following new capabilities:

- Courses can be set as mandatory in an appraisal document

Pain Points:

Process limitations: as part of the employee's goal setting, mandatory courses defined. To proceed

with that, the user needed to exit the appraisal document to jump to another application.

Business Benefits:

Improved process efficiency due to enhanced integration (users can set courses as mandatory

directly in an appraisal document)

Target Group:

The user who is responsible for goal setting in an appraisal document (manager or employee)

10.2.3.3 Simplified user interface for a specific process

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

This user interface is for a specific performance management process.

Pain Points:

Cumbersome maintenance of appraisal templates: customers found it difficult to configure appraisal

templates in the appraisal template catalog due to its many and powerful configuration options

Business Benefits:

- Minimized configuration effort

- Quick implementation

Page 119: Functionality EHP4 Final

119 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Customers looking for a specific predefined performance management process with reduced

configuration options and fast implementation time

10.2.4 CA, Appraisals, Evaluations and Surveys 01 (BF: CA_HAP_CI_1 - EhP:

4)

Description:

An additional user interface has been provided to enable the creation and maintenance of appraisals,

evaluations, and surveys based on Web Dynpro ABAP.

Early Adopters:

- Customers who are using this cross-application component in an active mode

- Customers who do want to use this Web Dynpro ABAP user interface for Performance Management

(also known as Objective Setting and Appraisals) to create appraisal documents.

Headline:

Simplification of User Interfaces Based on the Cross-Application Component for Appraisals,

Evaluations, and Surveys

Business Benefits:

- Simplified appraisal document overview/entry page for appraisers. As part of the page, mass

creation of appraisal documents can be enabled.

- Simplified appraisal document overview/entry page for appraisees.

- Web access for administrators to administer appraisal documents.

- Enhanced process support, easier status handling and changed layout of appraisal documents

(example: tab configuration possible).

10.2.4.1 Simplified user interface

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / bothDescription:

This cross-application component can be used as basis for having a WebDynpro user interface for

Performance Management. Simplification includes:

- Web entry page to access appraisal documents (work list view). From there appraisal documents

can be created, accessed, or downloaded. If enabled, mass creation of appraisal documents is

possible.

- Web page for administrators to administer appraisal documents. (Example: It can be defined which

elements to group under which tab in the appraisal template.)

Page 120: Functionality EHP4 Final

120 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Overview of the appraisal document's progress and easier status handling in the appraisal

document

Pain Points:

- Cumbersome maintenance of appraisal documents: users had difficulties in seeing where they were

in the process and the next step of the process.

- Layout limitations: note fields were quite small and different elements could not be grouped under

one tab to have a more structured appraisal document

Business Benefits:

- Customers can choose the simplified user interface, a more user-friendly display, and easier use of

appraisal documents

Target Group:

Appraisers, appraisees, and administrators who want to maintain or view appraisal documents.

10.2.5 CA, Employee Qualifications for Concurrent/Global Employment

(BF: CA_PA_CE_GE_QUALI - EhP: 4)

Description:

New functional capabilities have been provided that enable handling of employee

qualifications for concurrently or globally employed employees

Early Adopters:

- Customers who are using concurrent or global employment in an active mode

- Customers who want to use qualifications with concurrently or globally employed employees

Headline:

Qualification Enablement to Support Concurrent and Global Employment

Business Benefits:

- Eliminates time-consuming and expensive administrative tasks

- Ensures accurate employee records

- Offers more precise information on an employee's existing qualification

10.2.5.1 Qualifications at person ID level

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Page 121: Functionality EHP4 Final

121 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Qualifications are maintained at person ID level and not for every personnel assignment

- All authorized employees have access to all qualifications of the employee (independent of

personnel assignment)

- If a qualification is created, changed, delimited, or deleted, the change will be effective for all

personnel assignments

- Transactions and reports (like profile match-up) dealing with qualifications to show them at the

person ID level

Pain Points:

- Cumbersome maintenance of qualifications for concurrently or globally employed employees

- Incorrect or irritating handling of qualifications in profile match-up in case of concurrently

employed employees

Business Benefits:

- Reduction of administration effort; qualifications are not maintained several times for the same

employee

- Applications dealing with qualifications (like profile match-up) are able to show and maintain

qualifications at the physical person level in a proper and holistic manner

Target Group:

- Managers and administrators who maintain or view an employee's qualifications

- Employees who maintain or view their qualifications

10.2.6 HCM, Learning Solution 02 (BF: HCM_LSO_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

1. Portal role for training administrators 2. Learning management for team 3. Concurrent & global

employment support 4. Rapid content publishing 5. BI data source for course appraisals 6. Offline

course distribution.

The above features are available with both SAP Learning Solution (LSO) & Enterprise Learning (EL)

(SAP EL = SAP LSO 600 + Enhancement Pack 2 + Virtual Learning Room feature)

Early Adopters:

1. Existing customers of SAP Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning.

2. Customers who are using training and SAP Event Management but not SAP Learning Solution/ SAP

Enterprise Learning.

Page 122: Functionality EHP4 Final

122 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Headline:

Simplify Learning Management with SAP Learning Solution

Business Benefits:

1. Course administrator portal role provides a simpler and more effective means of performing day-

to-day training activities.

2. Managers can actively manage the learning activities of their teams.

3. Varying training needs of learners with concurrent or global assignments can be effectively

managed.

4. Publishing e-learning content is faster and simpler.

5. Organizations can report and analyze learners' appraisals of courses, and thus use the information

to improve training programs.

6. E-learning courses can be distributed to remote locations with limited network connectivity

through CDs and progress can be updated online.

10.2.6.1 Course administrator portal role

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

Training administrators can perform all their day-to-day activities through an intuitive and Web-

based interface. Activities include:

Scheduling courses

Managing participation

Monitoring resources and capacities

Following up on courses

Managing mandatory course assignments

Managing course-related correspondence

Administrators are also provided and alerted with specific work lists that help them to keep track of

courses' readiness, booking levels, and so on

Pain Points:

Training administrative activities are usually performed through SAP GUI interfaces in the SAP

Learning Solution back end. Working in this manner requires the user to be well trained on these

transactions.

Page 123: Functionality EHP4 Final

123 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

This new portal role enables training administrators who are not trained in the SAP GUI to perform

routine training administration tasks without extensive training.

Business Benefits:

The course administrator portal role provides a simpler means of performing regular course

administrative activities. The regular activities of a course administrator are arranged in logical work

centers that will help them to access information easily and act on it.

The portal role also includes work lists that help administrators be aware of course readiness

statuses, resource fulfillment statuses, booking, and capacity-related alerts.

Target Group:

Training administrators

10.2.6.2 Learning management services for managers

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Managers can manage the learning activities of their team members much more effectively.

Managers can now manage mandatory course assignments for their team members: they can assign

new mandatory assignments and change or delete already-specified assignments. They can also track

if such courses have been booked by the team member. They can book their team members for

specific courses directly.

Pain Points:

Currently, managers can view the qualification gaps and suggested learning courses for their team

members, but they cannot book them for such courses directly. With this feature, managers would

be able to do so. They can also add courses as mandatory for their team members.

Business Benefits:

This feature allows managers to take an active role in managing their teams' learning activities and

thereby manage the overall talent in their teams.

Target Group:

Managers

10.2.6.3 Rapid content publishing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / both

Description:

Page 124: Functionality EHP4 Final

124 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

This functionality allows content publishers to publish e-learning content to the content repository

through a simple Web-based interface. Content developers can store their content in a central FTP

folder. The content can then be published through the interface by providing the FTP address. The

status of whether the content was correctly published can also be checked online.

Pain Points:

Content publishing is usually done through the authoring environment tool which is a part of SAP

Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning. Checking in and publishing is a multistep process that

involves several clicks. The new user interface would allow this activity to be done with a single user

interface and with a minimum number of clicks.

Business Benefits:

1. Content publishing is made faster and simpler.

2. Users do not have to wait till the content is published, but can track the status later.

3. The authorization for content publishing can be more controlled. Content designers can simply

develop the content and store in a central FTP location. They do not need any online connection to

SAP Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning. Then, only authorized users can publish this content

to the central repository.

Target Group:

Content administrators and course administrators

10.2.6.4 Enablement of concurrent and global employment

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

SAP Learning Solution/ SAP Enterprise Learning can now support learning management for

employees with multiple or global assignments (concurrent and global employment). Employees

having multiple assignments might have varying training needs according to each assignment. For

instance, they might have different qualification gap analysis results based on their qualification

profile comparison with each of the position that they hold. That requires them to take different

courses to fill these gaps. Course bookings might need to be authorized by different managers. SAP

Enterprise Learning is now built considering these points and has appropriate processes from the

perspectives of the learner, administrator, instructor, and manager.

Pain Points:

Currently, handling learning activities for a learner with multiple assignments might need

inconvenient procedures for organizations. For instance, a learner might need different logins to

view or access learning activities related to different assignments. With this feature, such

inconvenient methods are unnecessary. At every process, users will be able to differentiate between

the different assignments and will be able to perform activities pertaining to specific assignments.

Page 125: Functionality EHP4 Final

125 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

1. Learning for learners with multiple assignments can be more effectively managed. 2. Learners can

get a holistic picture of all their learning activities for all assignments and can differentiate them

based on their assignments. 3. Administrators and managers can manage and report on the learning

activities of specific assignments of learners. 4. Instructors with multiple assignments can manage

the courses that they conduct as a part of their different assignments.

Target Group:

Learners, course administrators, instructors, and managers

10.2.6.5 BI data sources for course appraisals

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Learners can give feedback on courses that they took through the Learning Portal. The new

functionality provides predefined data sources that customers can use to build their own BI reports

to report and analyze feedback data. For instance, the data can be used to improve specific aspects

(such as content, duration, and so on) or the entire training program.

Pain Points:

Currently, there are no standard reports that enable organizations to analyze feedback given on

courses.

Business Benefits:

Evaluating training feedback is the first level of assessing training effectiveness (example:

Kirkpatrick's model for assessing training effectiveness)

Standard data sources that extract all possible information needed for reporting on course appraisals

are delivered with the solution. Customers can use these data sources and build BI reports that will

suit their business requirements. A BI report developed in this manner can offer valuable

information about course effectiveness.

Target Group:

Training departments

10.2.6.6 Offline course distribution

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Page 126: Functionality EHP4 Final

126 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The new feature allows e-learning courses to be stored and distributed through CDs. Learners can

take the course from the CDs. Progress can be then synchronized online. This method is particularly

effective when learners are located in disparate, remote locations with limited connectivity to a LAN

or the Internet.

Pain Points:

Limited connectivity or connectivity with low bandwidth capabilities can be a hindrance to

implementing a learning strategy that involves e-learning or Web-based learning methods. For

instance, learners might find that it takes a longer time to go through e-learning courses or the

connectivity gets lost in between. This feature allows organizations to bypass this limitation and still

effectively implement e-learning strategies.

Business Benefits:

1. Courses are distributed and taken offline, overcoming network limitations. 2. Courses from a CD

can be copied to learners' PCs and taken individually. That saves bandwidth when compared to all

learners taking the course online. 3. Connectivity is needed only to synchronize learners' progress in

SAP Enterprise Learning. 4. That is also suitable when it is expected that a group of learners is to

take a set of e-learning courses at the same time.

Target Group:

Learners and training departments

HCM, Enterprise Compensation Management 01 (BF: HCM_ECM_CI_1

HCM_ECM_CI_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

New functionality enhances the compensation planning and approval process with multilevel

approval, notifications, and tracking; additional reporting capabilities; and support for HR

administration for mass changes of matrix values and additional configuration options.

Early Adopters:

- Customers who use Enterprise Compensation Management in active mode

- Certain enhancements require active use of SAP Manager Self-Service

- Customers who wish to reduce administrative costs associated with compensation processes

Headline:

Additional Functional Enhancements for Enterprise Compensation Management

Business Benefits:

Customers now have an option to use:

- Enhanced planning and approval functionality

- Additional reporting capabilities

Page 127: Functionality EHP4 Final

127 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Enhanced HR administrator functionality

10.2.7.1 Enhanced planning and approval functionality

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / bothDescription:

A new planning overview screen displays the planning information on an organizational level,

including an overview of the budget information (allocated, spent, and deltas). The user can drill

down to view data for the organizational hierarchy, view the status of approval (including tracking of

changes made to the planning by subordinate managers), view the planning data for the employees

for organization(s), and approve on organizational level. Notifications and multilevel approval

process are customizable by the customer.

Pain Points:

- Lack of flexibility and functionality to support the planning and approval process to allow for

multilevel approval and direct changes to the planning by higher level managers.

- Lack of budget roll-up and allocation information which is needed to supports managers with the

planning and approval of their organizational hierarchy.

Business Benefits:

Increased flexibility and functionality to support the planning and approval process that allows for

multilevel approval and direct changes to the planning by higher level managers.

Target Group:

The higher level manager who approves the planning for subordinate managers.

10.2.7.2 Additional HR reporting capabilities

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

There are several reports to support HR with administering the compensation process. The reports

support the planning process and progress (example: data on the status of planning by manager and

organization), auditing the process (example: tracking of infotype 759), and additional administration

tasks (example: changes made to compensation data).

Pain Points:

Customers require more information to support the monitoring and following up.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced data visibility into actions and statuses associated with the company's compensation

processes.

Page 128: Functionality EHP4 Final

128 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

HR and compensation administrators

10.2.7.3 Enhanced HR administration functionality

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The HR administrator is provided enhanced functionality to make changes (adjustments, deletion,

and so on) to certain compensation records en masse. Corresponding reports for the functionality is

noted in the additional HR reporting capabilities feature. In addition, functionality supports changes

to guideline matrix values en masse.

Pain Points:

- Manual changes on an employee or record level, which is time-consuming and prone to errors.

- Lack of information to support auditing of changes and provide an overview history.

Business Benefits:

Reduced effort and processing time due to the enhanced functionality to make mass

changes.Target Group:

HR and compensation administrators

10.3 Workforce Process Management

10.3.1 CATS classic for Concurrent Employment (BF: CA_CATS_CE - EhP: 4)

Description:

Concurrent employment relates to functionality for employees who have several personnel

assignments within one company. This business function enables the employees to record their

working times for all personnel assignments in one cross-application time sheet (CATS classic).

Early Adopters:

SAP ERP customers in public sector, higher education, and health care for all countries in which SAP

provides a concurrent employment solution

Headline:

Enhanced CATS Classic with Concurrent Employment Functionality

Business Benefits:

Optimizes business processes across concurrent employment (CE)

Page 129: Functionality EHP4 Final

129 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel

assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees,

decentral time administrators, and the central human resources department

Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments

Ensures accurate employee records

10.3.1.1 Enhanced CATS classic with concurrent employment functionality

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Provides concurrently employed end users and decentralized time administrators with a person-

related view for CATS classic

Allows time entry on multiple personal assignment in one person view

Pain Points:

No option for concurrently employed employees and decentralized time administrators to enter time

data within CATS classic for several personal assignments in one person view

Business Benefits:

Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel

assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees,

decentral time administrators, and the central human resources department

Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments

Target Group:

Employees, decentralized time administrators, and a central human resources department

10.3.2 HCM, Personnel Actions for Concurrent Employment (BF:

HCM_CE_PA_PA - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enhanced transaction PA40 for multiple personnel assignments

Early Adopters:

Concurrent Employment Customers

Headline:

Handle Personnel Actions (Hiring, Termination, or Long-Term Absences) for Employees with Multiple

Personnel Assignments

Page 130: Functionality EHP4 Final

130 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Streamline processes for employees who have multiple personnel assignments and thus reduce the

administrative burden of the HR department

10.3.2.1 Organizational change

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

When changing organizational data that results in a change of the legal employer, the system now

supports the process of terminating the old personnel assignment and creating a new one with an

option to transfer data into it.

Pain Points:

In the present release of the concurrent employment functionality, the system requires a user to

process two personnel actions for an organizational change that results in a change of a legal

employer without an option to transfer data. This system limitation is inefficient and could have a

negative impact on data accuracy.

Business Benefits:

The process for an organizational change resulting in a change of the legal employer has been

simplified and enhanced with functionality to assure master data accuracy, data consistency, and

enhanced usability.

Target Group:

Customers using concurrent employment

10.3.2.2 Termination

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

This functionality supports the process of terminating assignments for employees with multiple

assignments. When executing a termination action, the system now provides an option to reassign

data from a terminated assignment to a remaining assignment. The termination action can also be

connected to the transactions for quota corrections and remunerations and to the benefits

workbench.

Pain Points:

In the present release of the concurrent employment functionality, the system requires a user to

process a PA40 termination action on each and every personnel assignment of an employee to

Page 131: Functionality EHP4 Final

131 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

terminate all personnel assignments completely. The system limitation of terminating one personnel

assignment at a time is inefficient and could have a negative impact on data accuracy.

Business Benefits:

The process of terminating personnel assignments within concurrent employment has been

simplified and enhanced with functionality to assure master data accuracy, data consistency, and

enhanced usability.

Target Group:

Customers using concurrent employment

10.3.2.3 Payroll area change

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

A system switch has been established for keeping the payroll area in synch within concurrent

employment for multiple personnel assignments.

Pain Points:

In the current release, users can change the payroll area with transaction PA30 for only one of an

employee's personnel assignments. During the payroll run, the system will reject all the employee's

personnel assignments.

Business Benefits:

Keeping the payroll area in synch for multiple personnel assignments assures master data accuracy

and data consistency.

Target Group:

Customers using concurrent employment

10.3.2.4 Leave of absence

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

This functionality supports the process for leave of absence (LoA) for employees with multiple

assignments. When executing a LoA action the system now considers all personnel assignments. The

LoA action can also be connected to the transactions for quota corrections and remunerations and to

the benefits workbench.

Pain Points:

Page 132: Functionality EHP4 Final

132 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

In the present release of the concurrent employment functionality, the system requires a user to

process a PA40 LoA action on each and every personnel assignment of an employee to deactivate all

personnel assignments completely. The system limitation of editing one personnel assignment at a

time is inefficient and could have a negative impact on data accuracy.

Business Benefits:

The process of inactivating personnel assignments within concurrent employment has been

simplified and enhanced with functionality to assure master data accuracy, data consistency, and

enhanced usability.

Target Group:

Customers using concurrent employment

10.3.3 HCM, Administrative Services 02 (BF: HCM_ASR_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

1. Continuous improvements: enhanced test report, business statuses, and processes w/o object

2. Processes for PD objects: organizational unit, position, and job

3. Mass process start and fast data entry by with HR administrator portal role

Early Adopters:

Customer with first experiences in maintaining HR employee data with SAP Interactive Forms who

wants to enhance this concept in the direction of PD objects and mass handling of employee

processes

Headline:

HCM Processes and Forms Goes for Mass Processes and Maintenance of the Organizational

Structure

Business Benefits:

- Enhanced process approach to organizational processes

- Allow mass start of processes

- Allow mass maintenance of employee data through the portal role of HR administrator

10.3.3.1 Execute PD processes with SAP HCM processes and forms

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Allows users to execute processes based on SAP Interactive Forms on PD objects like organizational

units, positions, and jobs

Page 133: Functionality EHP4 Final

133 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Through this feature user can now maintain the organizational structure through the back-end

system and the portal

Business Benefits:

Maintenance of organizational structure by users with less training

Target Group:

Occasional users

10.3.3.2 Mass processes for employees with SAP HCM processes and forms

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Allows users to execute multiple employee processes with SAP HCM processes and forms without a

need to start multiple instances

Pain Points:

The customer does not need anymore to start single instances of processes for employees, but can

do a mass start for a group of employees

Business Benefits:

The benefit is especially for managers, who gain time through the mass start and avoid handling

multiple employees.

Target Group:

Portal roles of manager and HR administrator

10.3.3.3 Fast data entry for employee data through the portal

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Maintenance of master data of multiple employees

Pain Points:

Allows users to maintain the HR master data of multiple employees simultaneously through a portal

feature

Page 134: Functionality EHP4 Final

134 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

The customer can now maintain multiple employees through the portal and is not forced to use the

back end for this activity

Target Group:

HR administrators

Execute employee processes without starting object (SAP HCM processes

processes and forms)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

This feature allows users to start an employee process. Only a process step after the start technically

assigns the employee for whom data will be updated in the form-based process.

Pain Points:

The challenge was especially for managers. Only they could start processes for their employees,

which is inadequate in a project organization, for example.

Business Benefits:

Easy implementation for project organization situations without the need to change the long-term

relationships and authorizations in organizational management

Target Group:

Managers

10.3.3.5 Customer-defined business statuses: processes with SAP HCM

processes and forms

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

With this feature, users can replace rather technical statuses for processes (in

process, finished, and so on) with customer-defined statuses (bonus payment

requested, bonus paid, and so on)Pain Points:

The previous technical status didn't allow business-related information about the processing of a

process

Business Benefits:

Page 135: Functionality EHP4 Final

135 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Up-to-date and business-related process status information

Target Group:

All target roles of SAP HMC processes and forms

10.3.3.6 Step-specific work item delivery (UWL or mail) in SAP HCM processes

and forms

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

This features allows users to define (per process step) if the work item is delivered through the UWL

or through an e-mail with a link

Pain Points:

Previously, delivery of the work items could be defined only through the technical object workflow

task, which did not allow a customizing fitting to the technical needs of the recipients of the work

items (manager: UWL; employee: e-mail and so on)

Business Benefits:

The technical implementation of the step-specific behavior can be achieved much quicker and more

easily

Target Group:

All target roles of SAP HCM processes and forms

10.3.4 HCM, Time and Labor Management for Concurrent Employment (BF:

HCM_CE_PT - EhP: 4)

Description:

Further support of concurrent employment in time management, time entry on multiple personnel

assignments via CATS regular, enhancements to time manager's workplace, and enablement of

further functions and operations in RPTIME01

Early Adopters:

SAP ERP customers in public sector, higher education, and health care for all countries for which SAP

provides a concurrent employment solution. Concurrent employment customers who use time

management.

Headline:

Handle Time Entry, Time Evaluation, and Management of Time Quotas for Employees with Several

Personnel Assignments

Page 136: Functionality EHP4 Final

136 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel

assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees,

decentral time administrators, and the central human resources department

Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments

Ensures accurate employee records

10.3.4.1 Time entry on multiple personnel assignments via CATS regular

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:

Provides concurrent employed employees with a person-related view for CATS regular

Allows time entry on multiple personal assignment in one person view

Pain Points:

No possibility for concurrent employed employees to enter time data within CATS regular for several

personal assignments in one person view

Business Benefits:

Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel

assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for employees

Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments

Target Group:

Employees

10.3.4.2 Enhancements to time manager's workplace (TMW)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Provides decentralized time administrators with a person-related view for TMW

Allows time data maintenance on multiple personal assignment in one person view

Pain Points:

No possibility for decentralized time administrators to enter time data within TMW

for several personal assignments in one person viewBusiness Benefits:

Page 137: Functionality EHP4 Final

137 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel

assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for decentralized time

administrators and the central human resources department. Offers more precise and efficient

personnel assignments

Target Group:

Decentralized time administrators and central human resource department

10.3.4.3 Enhanced time quota service and new leave overview service

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Provides concurrent employed employees with a person-related view and information on shared

quotas in SAP Employee Self-Service service time quotas and SAP Employee Self-Service service leave

overview

Pain Points:

No possibility for concurrent employed employees and view time quotas and leave overview for

several personal assignments in one person view

Business Benefits:

Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel

assignments

Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments

Target Group:

Employees

10.3.4.4 Enablement of further functions and operation in RPTIME01 for CE

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Enablement of further functions and operation in RPTIME01 for CE

Pain Points:

Missing functions and operations for RPTIME01 for CE

Business Benefits:

Page 138: Functionality EHP4 Final

138 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Streamline basic time management processes for employees who have several personnel

assignments and thus reduce the administrative burden in time management for system

administrators, time administrators, and the central human resources department

Offers more precise and efficient personnel assignments

Target Group:

Time administrators, central human resource department, and system administrators

Page 139: Functionality EHP4 Final

139 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11 Industries

11.1 SAP for Aerospace & Defense

11.1.1 Support for Flight Operations Across Industries (BF: DFPS_LM_GEN -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Support for flight operations across industries. General functions like flight, flight plan, and status

board, including environmental functions like technical status overview and controlled usage rate,

are available

Early Adopters:

Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing SAP ERP 2005. These customers

typically might use (or plan to use) industry-specific maintenance, repair, and overhaul (MRO)

functionality.

Headline:

Make Defense-Specific Line Maintenance Functionality Available to Nondefense Customers

Business Benefits:

1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete. 2) Help improve the argument

for upgrade business cases. 3) Improve the foundation that will be used by partners to enhance the

MRO solution. 4) Improved support for flight operations.

11.1.1.1 Defense-specific line maintenance functionality for nondefense

customers

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Flight order:

A special type of maintenance order that also contains an aircraft's flight-specific data

Flight plan:

The flight plan lists all the flights that exist in the system for a given period

Technical status:

The technical status valuates the current technical status of an aircraft

Operational status:

Page 140: Functionality EHP4 Final

140 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

This function provides information about the suitability of an aircraft for operation.

Controlled usage rate:

The use of aircraft must be monitored to ensure that too many maintenance tasks are not due at the

same time. This operation is known as a controlled usage rate.

Entry of aircraft accidents and incidents:

If an aircraft accident occurs, the incident must be documented with all the relevant aircraft data

Pain Points:

Inability of nondefense customers to use defense line maintenance functionality

Business Benefits:

1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete. 2) Help improve the argument

for upgrade business cases. 3) Improve the foundation that will be used by partners to enhance the

MRO solution. 4) Improved support for flight operations.

Target Group:

Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing SAP ERP 2005 who plan to use

industry-specific MRO functionality

11.1.2 Material Exchange Using SCM; Int./Ext. Comp. Repair (BF:

AD_MPN_SCM_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

a) ATP using SCM and material exchange in subcontracting component list and for the component

(material) to be refurbished in the refurbishment order b) use of a manually entered structure node

in the component list of a plant maintenance order

Early Adopters:

SAP customers in all industries who refurbish components in their own repair shops

or send components to an external subcontractor for refurbishment, need rules-

based ATP in SAP SCM and have complex material exchange requirements. SAP

SCM customers who use procurement planning with repair-buy decisions and who

need process integration of the SAP SPP planning runs with the SAP ERP.Headline:

Rules-Based ATP with Material Exchange for Components in Subcontracting and Refurbishment

Orders

Business Benefits:

The availability check of the components of a subcontracting order can be performed using rules-

based ATP in SAP SCM with material exchange using interchangeability data maintained in SAP SCM.

Page 141: Functionality EHP4 Final

141 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.1.2.1 GATP with material exchange for the main component of a

subcontracting order

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

A rules-based ATP check can be performed for the main component of a subcontracting order.

Material exchange and location substitution caused by transferring the GATP result are supported.

Pain Points:

Availability check in SAP SCM for the part to be repaired was missing. For subcontracting orders

generated by an SPP planning run based on a repair decision with material upgrade, no availability

check with material exchange was available to determine a suitable material for this repair process.

Business Benefits:

Use of GATP in SAP SCM and a rules-based ATP check to determine the unserviceable material in

stock that can be sent to a subcontractor for an upgrade.

Integration of SPP planning (repair-buy decision) with execution in SAP ERP.

Target Group:

Material planning

11.1.2.2 Upgrade orders with GATP and material exchange for the component

to be upgraded

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

For refurbishment orders marked as upgrade orders, a rules-based ATP check can be performed for

the component that is to be refurbished. A transfer of the ATP results can perform a material

exchange of the component. On the header page of such an upgrade order, the from-material

number can differ from the to-material number. The goods issue is posted for the from-material

number; the goods receipt is posted for the to-material number.

Pain Points:

Order processing for a material upgrade with a material number change was not completely

integrated. For a refurbishment order, no SAP SCM-based availability check for the components to be

repaired was available. Process integration of SPP planning (using repair-or-buy decision) and SAP

ERP execution was missing.

Page 142: Functionality EHP4 Final

142 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Integrated upgrade order processing, GATP in SAP SCM for the component to be upgraded, and

integration of SPP planning and SAP ERP execution

Target Group:

Material planning and PM order planning

11.1.2.3 Enhancements to enter the structure code manually in a PM order

component item

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription:

Entry of the manual structure code in components of a PM order is enhanced. The controlling

functions in customizing were extended. An existing customer BADI was enhanced.

Pain Points:

Manual entry of a structure code was too restrictive

Business Benefits:

Flexible and comfortable entry of a structure code in a component item of a PM order

Target Group:

PM material planner

11.1.3 GPD Improvements (BF: AD_GPD_CI_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

- Redesign of pegging process: performance tuning, error logging, rounding, new BADI support, and

low-level code corrections

- Enhanced movement types support: consumption posting to individual WBS (221/222Q);

group-to-group transfer with initial peg setting (415/416Q)

Early Adopters:

Defense contractors who use project-based manufacturing

Headline:

New, Improved Pegging Program with LLC Code Correction and Enhanced Logging and Messaging.

Significant Performance Gains in the Pegging Process.

Business Benefits:

Page 143: Functionality EHP4 Final

143 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

In addition to a dramatic improvement in performance, the new pegging program can handle

unplanned issues within one run. The new logging and messaging concept provides better visibility

into the process running in the background.

11.1.3.1 Redesign of pegging process

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Improve existing pegging process with:

- Performance tuning

- Logging

- Rounding

- Low-level code correction

- BAdI conversion to new kernel-based BAdIs

- Run profile

- Several other round-offs

Pain Points:

Pegging batch runs are typically very long because of the large amount of data to be processed

specifically for A&D. Data analysis is cumbersome due to insufficient reporting and logging

capabilities.

Business Benefits:

Allows customers to understand pegging accuracy in the GPD environment much better by providing

more tools

Target Group:

Controlling, production planner, program manager, accountant, and materials planner

Improved material movement support

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

New movement type

- Consumption posting to individual WBS (221/222Q)

Page 144: Functionality EHP4 Final

144 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Movement type enhancement

- Group-to-group transfer with initial peg setting (415/416Q)

Pain Points:

Standard goods movement processes not supported out of the box from GPD solution, requires

customer-specific work-around solutions

Business Benefits:

Allow customers to integrate GPD better with their standard MM (inventory management) processes

Target Group:

Material planner

11.1.4 Interchangeability in STO (BF: AD_MPN_STO - EhP: 4)

Description:

Material exchange subitems will be created with subitem category P. Issuing unit of measure will be

supported within the subitems.

Early Adopters:

Customers who want to use SAP ERP-based material exchange in the STO. Customers who want to

use an alternate units of measure for interchangeable materials.

Headline:

Material Exchange in Stock Transport Orders

Business Benefits:

Enhanced support for interchangeability in stock transfer orders

11.1.4.1 Support of issuing unit of measure for interchangeability in STOs

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Creation of subitems in the issuing unit of measure during SAP ERP-based DIMP material exchange in

STO

Pain Points:

In the past, subitems were always created in the base unit of measure (UoM) during SAP ERP-based

material exchange in STO for DIMP. Successor documents were also created in the base UoM. That

was suitable only for parts that are stocked and issued in the same UoM.

Business Benefits:

Page 145: Functionality EHP4 Final

145 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The range of materials for which interchangeability in the STO can be used is spread out. That allows

users to cover a broader area of replenishment processes and support interchangeability in these

processes.

Target Group:

Material planners who manage internal replenishment processes

11.1.4.2 Original demand capture and manual adjustment of ATP

interchangeabilty

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

If an SAP ERP-based ATP check is carried out for a stock transport order (STO) item, and the system

cannot confirm the complete quantity, the system can be set up in a way to display the

interchangeable materials and their available quantities and allow a manual adjustment of the

materials and quantities. After adjustment, the system creates subitems within the STO to reflect this

situation. The subitems behave like similar subitems in SD orders. That means that the quantities and

dates in the main item can be changed and the ATP check can be triggered based on the main item

change. The main item holds the original demand quantity and date. The ATP check creates a new

proposal for subitem creation based on the main item.

Pain Points:

Combination of an adequate subitem and schedule line-handling for interchangeable materials in the

STO with manual adjustment support for the ATP result

Business Benefits:

Better support for internal (stock transfer-based) replenishment processes that are based on STOs

and interchangeability. Better tracking and fulfillment of the original demand.

Target Group:

Material planners who manage internal replenishment processes

11.1.5 Rot/SSP, Subcon. Innovations (BF: AD_MRO_CI_3 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Downport of the following topics:

- Rotables management

- Subcontracting

Page 146: Functionality EHP4 Final

146 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Early Adopters:

Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing SAP ERP 2005. These customers

must also use (or plan to use) industry-specific functionality from SAP for maintenance, repair, and

overhaul (MRO).

Headline:

Improvements in Rotables Management and Subcontracting Functionalities

Business Benefits:

1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete. 2) Help improve the argument

for upgrade business cases. 3) Improve the MRO solution foundation that will be used by partners to

enhance the MRO solution.

11.1.5.1 Improvements in rotables management and subcontracting

functionalities

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Material exchange:

Perform forward exchange and unplanned material exchange in subcontract processing

Subcontracting purchasing:

Purchase requisition update after changes in PM/CS order

Synchronization of purchase order account assignment and special stock indicator

Inventory management

All subcontracting goods movement can now be performed using transaction MIGO

Subsequent adjustments can be performed using transaction MIGO

Handle valuated subcontractor stocks with project stocks and sales order stocks

RMA processing

Return material authorization processing fully integrated with subcontracting

Customer stock:

Enhance multiple movement types to work with customer stock

Pain Points:

Perform forward exchange and unplanned material exchanges

Page 147: Functionality EHP4 Final

147 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Lack of subcontract purchasing integration

Lack of return material authorization and subcontract integration

Inability of certain movement types to handle customer stock

Inability to value subcontract stock for project and sales order stock

Business Benefits:

1) Address solution challenges and make the solution more complete. 2) Help improve the

argument for upgrade business cases. 3) Improve the MRO solution foundation that will be used by

partners to enhance the MRO solution.

Target Group:

Existing customers upgrading to or new customers implementing ERP 2005 using (or planning to use)

industry-specific MRO functionality from SAP

11.2 SAP for Automotive

11.2.1 LO, Warranty Claim Processing for Dealer Portal (BF: WTY_DP_1 -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Provides a user interface for warranty-handling on the dealer side

Early Adopters:

Manufacturers or distributors who want to connect their dealers to SAP Warranty Management

Headline:

Increased Productivity and Efficiency in Dealer Network Communication

Business Benefits:

- Increased productivity and efficiency through enhanced collaboration and communication between

OEM, distributor

or importer, and dealer

- Cost reductions through better extensibility

11.2.1.1 Warranty management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 148: Functionality EHP4 Final

148 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The dealer portal enables dealers to service and interact with end customers more effectively.

Through the dealer portal, importers provide dealers with self-service capabilities and critical

business transactions.

Create warranty claims

Receive notice about rejection or acceptance of a claim

Display and update warranty claims

Display a list of all recalled vehicles or vehicles with technical campaigns

Display a list of parts to be returned and print all necessary labels

Pain Points:

Claims, return parts, recall management, claim search, object registration, and financial reporting

Business Benefits:

Interface to manufacturer, importer, or DMS provided (EDI/XML)

Back-end integration into finance and controlling

Faster response to dealer

More transparency in warranty processing

Cost reduction for processing of warranty claims

Integration of business analytics

Target Group:

Automotive importers and distribution centers

11.2.2 Dealer Portal, Veh. Mgmt. Syst., Spare Parts, Enterpr. Serv. (BF:

AUTO_DP_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Provides new UI based on Web Dynpro for ABAP for the dealer in the vehicle

management system and for spare parts business. Improvements are in the area of

usability, accessibility, extensibility, and functionality. Services are also provided to

handle vehicle and sales orders.Early Adopters:

Page 149: Functionality EHP4 Final

149 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

All automotive manufacturers, importers, distributors, and national sales companies that offer Web

portal access to their back-end systems, such as vehicle ordering and locating, spare parts search,

and ordering replenishment.

Headline:

Increased Productivity and Efficiency in Dealer Network Communication

Business Benefits:

- Increased productivity and efficiency through enhanced collaboration and communication between

OEM, distributor

or importer, and dealer

- Reduction in stock; real-time data on availability and delivery allows stock reductions on buying and

selling sides

- Cost reductions through better extensibility

11.2.2.1 Spare parts management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Parts order creation, order simulation, order tracking, parts catalog integration, material search,

availability check, and return order process

Pain Points:

The dealer portal enables dealers to sell to, service, and interact with end customers more

effectively. Through the dealer portal, importers provide dealers with self-service capabilities and

critical business transactions.

Search for service parts via catalog

Ensure login security via user identification

Run availability check from basket

View master data

Enter orders online via Internet

Get delivery date confirmation

Get status information on the order

Business Benefits:

Page 150: Functionality EHP4 Final

150 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Easy and fast service parts ordering of original parts and exchange parts for franchise dealers and

independent service stations

Order tracking

Efficient and fast service parts supply as a competitive advantage

Improved customer loyalty because of improved supply performance

Real-time availability of data from importer warehouse systems

Real-time information on availability of parts and prices

Target Group:

Automotive importers and distribution centers

11.2.2.2 Vehicle management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Vehicle search, vehicle configuration and pricing, end-customer management, vehicle sales, and

vehicle transfer

Pain Points:

The dealer portal enables dealers to sell to and interact with end customers more effectively.

Through the dealer portal, importers provide dealers with self-service capabilities and critical

business transactions.

Locate & Allocate Vehicles (Locate-to-Order)

Save the configuration

Create Orders (Build-to-Order)

Manage Vehicle and Customer Information

Request and transfer vehicles from other dealerships

Track vehicles at anytime during the process

Transfer data to DMS (XML download)

Business Benefits:

Holistic distribution chain management, centralized around the vehicle and customer

Individual business processes can be modeled very flexibly

Data visibility and transparency is a given at all times

Page 151: Functionality EHP4 Final

151 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Fast search and configuration via Web applications

Role-based access to vehicles and customer information

Financials, materials management, controlling, and business analytics as integrated parts

Target Group:

Automotive importers and distribution centers

11.3 SAP for Banking

11.3.1 Loans Management for Financial Services: Pooling of Loans (BF:

EAFS_CML_LOANS_POOLING - EhP: 4)

Description:

- Option to provide contract data and current business transactions of CML to syndications

management

- With the help of this information, you can use syndications management to pool loan contracts and

simultaneously create an investor contract

Early Adopters:

Existing and prospective CML customers now have an option to map and execute complex funding of

a loan contract by this integration of CML and SAP Syndications Management

Headline:

Enhanced Integration of CML with SAP Syndications Management

Business Benefits:

- Realization of the prerequisites for the scenarios of loan pooling and portfolio funding with

provision of a technical interface between loans and SAP Syndications Management.

- Provision for customer implementation via the new BADI.

11.3.1.1 Enhanced integration of SAP Loans Management and SAP Syndications

Management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Page 152: Functionality EHP4 Final

152 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

To enable the scenario of portfolio funding, CML provides a report. The report is based on specific

selection criteria and provides SAP Syndications Management with information on the master data of

new and changed loans along with details on the change pointer and flow data (actual and

planned).The information is provided via a BADI, which customers can use to initiate their own

implementations. SAP Syndications Management will then update the funding status of selected loan

contracts in CML.

Pain Points:

Enhanced integration of CML and SAP Syndications Management with relevant data flow and update

via new technical interfaces

Provision of BADI to enable customers to implement their own requirements

Business Benefits:

Option to provide SAP Syndications Management with the required details to further loans pooling

and portfolio funding

Target Group:

Existing CML customers and prospective customers interested in structured financing via portfolio

funding of loan contracts

11.3.2 SAP Deposits: Business Operations in Account Management (BF:

EAFS_BCA_BUSOPR - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enhanced business operations to manage accounts

Early Adopters:

All customers who use account management functions

Headline:

Improve Your Business Processes for Account ManagementBusiness Benefits:

- Streamlined process for managing account closure

- Handling of reporting and legal requirements when they differ for each bank area

- Improved credit risk management and accounting through integration with reserve for bad debts

(RBD)

- Standardized process for release and option to define multiple levels of release

- Flexible configuration and optimization of data retrieval for printing correspondence

- Simplified definition of new products

- Improved analysis capability for changes made

Page 153: Functionality EHP4 Final

153 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Increased number of bank statements can be generated for each account in a particular year

11.3.2.1 Enhanced account closure functions

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Enhanced business checks and the ability to define customer checks

- Option to simulate account closure

- Flexible definition of the balancing date

- Efficient handling of accounts that encounter errors during processing

- Simplified troubleshooting by using logs

Pain Points:

- Inability to simulate the account closure process

- Inability to define additional checks

- No error logging for single account closure

- No explicit balancing during mass closure

Business Benefits:

- Ability to simulate account closure

- User exits provided for defining additional customer checks

- Error logging for single account closure

- Balancing is carried out as part of the account closure process

Target Group:

Customers who use the account closure feature

11.3.2.2 Integration with multiple financial accounting systems

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Enables recording of general ledger data in different financial accounting systems (general ledgers)

for each bank area

Page 154: Functionality EHP4 Final

154 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Each bank area could not be used to represent different companies or business units with different

general ledgers

Business Benefits:

International banks or companies can connect a central banking system to several local financial

accounting (FI) systems

Target Group:

Customers who use bank areas to represent different business units or companies

11.3.2.3 Integration with SAP Reserve for Bad Debts

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

You can use functions of SAP Reserve for Bad Debts to create individual value adjustment accounts

and accounts at the business partner aggregation level which can be used for the determination of

the credit worthiness of a business partner

Pain Points:

No central reporting system that covered both internal and external information requirements

Business Benefits:

Standard solution and enhanced capability offered for handling value adjustments and bad debts

Target Group:

Customers who need to provide for value adjustments and bad debts extensively

11.3.2.4 Integration with correspondence tool and print workbench

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Asynchronous printing of correspondence requests

- Correspondence scenarios integrated with print workbench (account create or change, account

closure, account closure prenotification, fixing term agreements, prenotification of term agreement

maturity, calling of term agreements, bank statements, and balance notifications)

- Ability to view all correspondence requests that are created for an account

- Standard implementation of user exits

Page 155: Functionality EHP4 Final

155 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Need for creating your own print interface

Business Benefits:

- Unified processes for correspondence production

- Flexible configuration and optimization of actual data retrieval

- Flexible enhancement concept (user exits) for use-specific adaptation

- Central and user optimized form development platform

- General and unified availability of al SAP-provided print techniques and externally available data

formats

Target Group:

Customers who send correspondence to their clients upon occurrence of certain events (account

created) or periodically (bank statements)

11.3.2.5 Integration with release tool

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- The release tool has been integrated with account closure, payment items, payment orders,

forward orders, and standing orders.

- When an object needs to be released, a workflow item is created in the inbox of the agent. Agents

can access it from the business workplace and can release, reject, change, or display the object.

- Based on the option exercised by agents, the release workflow makes status

changes to the BCA objects during their life cycle.Pain Points:

- Manual intervention required for release

- Inability to define multiple levels of release

Business Benefits:

- Standard solution for handling release functionality

- Automatic determinationof agents responsible

- Flexible enhancement through user exits

- Enhanced ability to define release relevance

Target Group:

Page 156: Functionality EHP4 Final

156 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Customers who widely use the release process and need to define multiple levels of release

11.3.2.6 Integration with change document viewer

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Presents change documents in a unified, readable manner across all functions in SAP Deposits

Pain Points:

- Inadequate selection criteria for viewing change documents

- Inability to group related fields

- Inability to view the values of nonkey fields for deleted records

- Field values do not display the business meaningBusiness Benefits:

- Improved selection criteria that enable viewing of only relevant change documents

- Detailed view provides ability to compare the business and technical information

- Improved presentation and printing of change details

Target Group:

Customers who need to analyze changes made to system data

11.3.2.7 Enhanced account management functions

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Information regarding archived payment items is displayed

- The complex amount-dependent authorizations that are based on authorization groups is removed

- Customer exit provided to save, display, and check customer-specific fields on the payment

transaction screens

Pain Points:

- Complex definition of amount-dependent authorizations for payment transactions

- Inability to add customer-specific fields

Business Benefits:

- Simpler definition of authorizations

Page 157: Functionality EHP4 Final

157 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Flexible enhancement through user exits

Target Group:

Customers who use payment transactions and release functionality

11.3.2.8 Improvements in the area of the bank statement

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Can create up to 999999 bank statements for an account every year

Pain Points:

Creation of bank statements was restricted to 999 statements for an account in a year

Business Benefits:

Ability to create greater number of bank statements for each BCA account

Target Group:

Customers who generate bank statements frequently

11.3.2.9 Improvements in the area of the product configurator

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Ability to copy the attribute hierarchy to other clients or transport the attribute hierarchy to other

systems included in the product configurator

- Ability to set up matrix attributes from customizing

- Additional validation during attribute reassignment

- Enhanced product checks and product attribute hierarch

Pain Points:

Unclear and complicated process for copying and transporting the product attribute hierarchy

Business Benefits:

- Ease of copying and transporting the product attribute hierarchy

- Improved product attribute hierarchy facilitates easy access of data

Target Group:

Page 158: Functionality EHP4 Final

158 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Customers who use the product configurator to define products

11.3.3 Business Operations in SAP Reserve for Bad Debts (BF:

/IBS/EAFS_RBD_BUSOPR - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enhanced business functions to manage the functionality of SAP Reserve for Bad Debts

Early Adopters:

All customers who use reserve for bad debts functions

Headline:

Improve Your Business Processes for SAP Reserve for Bad Debts

Business Benefits:

- Integration with bank customer accounts (BCA connectivity): improved credit risk management

and accounting through integration with SAP Reserve for Bad Debts

- Coverage gap

- Documentation

- Accessibility

- Appearance

Integration with bank customer accounts (BCA)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The SAP Reserve for Bad Debts application is integrated with BCA so that value adjustments can be

performed for BCA accounts

Pain Points:

Improved credit risk management and accounting through integration with SAP Reserve for Bad

Debts

Business Benefits:

Improved credit risk management and accounting through integration with SAP Reserve for Bad

Debts

Target Group:

DSAG User Group: BCA

Page 159: Functionality EHP4 Final

159 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.4 SAP for Consumer Products

11.4.1 New CWM Architecture: Inv. Mgmt. and Actng. in SAP ERP (BF:

/CWM/CM_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Catch weight management with SAP ERP-based inventory management and inventory accounting

Early Adopters:

Customers in the meat, fish, and dairy industries who need to maintain inventories in two units of

measure in parallel and independently of each other

Headline:

SAP Catch Weight Management Closer to Core SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

In the target industries, materials often do not have a fixed conversion factor between two units of

measure like PC (base unit) and KG (parallel unit). Inventory for such materials can be managed

correctly and without usage of additional DB tables outside core SAP ERP. Management includes an

ability to decide if the base unit or the parallel unit should be the basis for inventory valuation.

Customers gain significant advantages in the areas of inventory management, visibility and customer

satisfaction from this ability.

11.4.1.1 Recording of inventory quantities in two independent units of

measure

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Inventory quantities can be recorded and stored in two independent units of measure (UoM) in

parallel. Unlike earlier versions of SAP Catch Weight Management, the quantities are now stored in

extended core tables.

Pain Points:

Materials without a fixed conversion factor between two UoMs cannot be managed correctly in core

SAP ERP. An earlier version of SAP Catch Weight Management stored the quantities in separate DB

tables.

Business Benefits:

Materials without a fixed conversion factor between two UoMs can be managed correctly in SAP ERP

without using additional DB tables outside core SAP ERP.

Target Group:

Page 160: Functionality EHP4 Final

160 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Inventory manager, supply chain manager, business unit analyst, inventory accountant

11.4.1.2 Inventory management and accounting of materials with two

independent UoMs

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Inventory values for materials with two managed inventory quantities (base unit and parallel unit)

can be maintained in either unit. This approach introduces the valuation unit to SAP ERP.

Pain Points:

Need to manage inventory in two units of measure (UoM) and inventory values based on a unit other

than the base unit. An earlier version of SAP Catch Weight Management enabled this function with

modules (not in SAP ERP) called LIME and inventory accounting.

Business Benefits:

In the target industries, inventory values are often based on a unit (KG) other than the base unit (PC).

Customers gain significant advantages in the areas of inventory management, visibility and customer

satisfaction.

Target Group:

Inventory manager and inventory controller

11.4.2 DEX Enablement for Mobile Devices in DSD (BF: /DSD/DEX - EhP: 4)

Description:

With DEX/UCS (direct exchange), delivery personal can connect a mobile device to a

retailer's computer on site to exchange delivery data. DSD supports the upload,

storage, and display of the resulting DEX communication thread in SAP ERP.Early

Adopters:

Consumer products manufacturers who run the direct store delivery process in the United States and

therefore need DEX/UCS support.

Headline:

DEX Enablement of Direct Store Delivery

Business Benefits:

In particular, retailers in the U.S. market often already have DEX in their processes and want a

business relationship only with companies that also use or can handle the DEX standard.

Page 161: Functionality EHP4 Final

161 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.4.2.1 Processing DEX-related information

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Provide data necessary for DEX communication for download to a mobile device

- Ability to upload a DEX communication thread created on a mobile device to SAP ERP and store it

there

- Verification of a DEX communication thread by displaying, printing, or exporting it

- Archiving of DEX communication threads

Pain Points:

Usage of the DEX communication standard is a widely adopted business practice, especially in the

United States, and is therefore required as an integral part of a standard direct store delivery

solution.

Business Benefits:

- Support of direct and paperless data communication between the retailer and the manufacturer

onsite at the retailer, leading to less time-consuming paperwork and more correct data.

- Availability of DEX communication threads for later verification and issue resolution.

Target Group:

Sales clerks

11.5 SAP for Defense & Security

11.5.1 DFPS, Integration with SAP Mobile Defense & Security (BF:

DFPS_MDS_INTEGRATION - EhP: 4)

Description:

DFPS, Integration with SAP Mobile Defense & Security (SAP MDS 160)

Early Adopters:

Defense customers who need an offline capability for maintenance and materials management

execution and plan to use SAP MDS 1.6 require this back-end functionality

Headline:

Back-end functionality for SAP MDS 1.6

Business Benefits:

Page 162: Functionality EHP4 Final

162 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

This business function is a prerequisite for use of SAP MDS 1.6 in the future

11.5.1.1 Back-end enablement for SAP MDS 1.6

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

This functionality enables use of SAP MDS 1.6

Pain Points:

Without the function, communication between the front and back ends is impossible for SAP MDS

1.6

Business Benefits:

Prerequisite to use the new functionality

Target Group:

Customers who already use SAP MDS and need to upgrade to SAP MDS 1.6

11.5.2 Item Unique Identification (Additional Functions) (BF: ERP_UID_02 -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Item unique identification (IUID) supports customers and suppliers by using a globally unique

identifier that handles serialized items across system boundaries. The development for EhP 4

enhances the functionality to get closer to a more complete solution for IUID support in SAP ERP.

Early Adopters:

U.S. DOD, other NATO DFPS organizations, and suppliers of these organizations. IUID identifies items

across system boundaries by assigning a unique identifier to the items and communicating the

identifier among business partners.

Headline:

Widen the Scope of Processes Supported by IUID in SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Improve system integration for IUID processes by delivering SAP ERP process triggers for IUID-related

messaging. Provide service-enabled IUID interfaces for registry communication, master data

maintenance (serialized materials and equipments), and B2B interfaces (customer-supplier

communication). Streamline inbound and outbound processes by enablement of process automation

via SAP Auto ID Infrastructure). (The business function provides enhanced interfaces to support

integrated IUID processing of SAP Auto ID Infrastructure and SAP ERP. In addition an SAP Auto ID

Infrastructure system based on SAP SCM 5.20 is needed).

Page 163: Functionality EHP4 Final

163 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.5.2.1 IUID (item unique identification)-related message triggering

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The new functionality provides the capability to export electronic messages to external systems if

IUID-managed items are processed by the SAP ERP system and the items change, which required

reporting to an external system (a central database or any other external system). Main areas for

which we are providing such triggers for the creation of IUID-related messages include: inventory

management (goods issue and consumption), changes of technical configuration, and subcontracting.

The business function also provides a status monitor for IUID-managed items, which allows users to

control status-dependent processing based on five new IUID-relevant statuses that are available for

equipment.

Pain Points:

Customers who are obliged to support IUID (item unique identification) require an ability to integrate

the communication that is needed to report IUID-related information to SAP ERP processes. This

feature provides preconfigured trigger points for the most common processes.

Business Benefits:

Process- and status-based messaging for IUID-related items is provided. It provides a capability to

automate a lot of the messages that need to be sent to external systems.

Target Group:

Persons who are responsible for IUID administration processes and correct IUID communication from

SAP ERP to external systems

11.5.2.2 Integrated SAP Auto ID Infrastructure and SAP ERP Support for IUID-

managed items

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

SAP Auto ID Infrastructure provides a capability to support automated outbound and inbound

processes for materials. SAP Auto ID Infrastructure registers the delivery of a material within a

delivery or within a packing hierarchy and triggers the goods issue for these materials in the SAP ERP

system. This capability is enhanced to support IUID. SAP Auto ID Infrastructure also can support

inbound processing by identifying the receipt of an inbound delivery and triggering the goods receipt

in the SAP ERP system. This process also is enhanced to support IUIDs. This business function

provides the interfaces needed to enable these processes.

Pain Points:

Page 164: Functionality EHP4 Final

164 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Automated outbound and inbound processing of material items including IUID could not be

performed

Business Benefits:

Enable automated warehouse processes (based on barcode or RFID) for items that are assigned to

IUIDs. Process automation based on SAP Auto ID Infrastructure) can be used to streamline outbound

and inbound processing when items are identified by IUIDs.

Target Group:

Warehouse personal in outbound and inbound areas of the warehouse

DFPS Support of Operations (BF: DFPS_OF_OS - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enhancements in logistics to fulfill commitments to defense customers and the DEIG user group

regarding support for operations: organizational flexibility, plant maintenance and materials

management in a deployed system landscape, line maintenance, and interchangeability.

Early Adopters:

Customers in the defense and security industries

Headline:

Streamline Business with Comprehensive Enhancements of the Defense Forces and Public Security

(DFPS) Component

Business Benefits:

Enhanced business processes across a deployed landscape

11.5.3.1 Organizational flexibility and system architecture

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Provides additional functionality in the area of organizational flexibility for faster setup of a deployed

system landscape and functionality to archive DFPS-specific objects

Pain Points:

The time needed to set up a deployed system takes too long

A defense customer is unable to archive DFPS-specific objectsBusiness Benefits:

Optimizes support of autarchy processes

Improves robustness and scalability of landscapes

Page 165: Functionality EHP4 Final

165 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Improves the capability to set up a deployed system faster

Target Group:

SAP ERP customers in the defense industry

New customers needing support of a distributed SAP ERP landscape

11.5.3.2 Line maintenance enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Provides better functionality with a new maintenance board that synchronizes the structure of the

logbook and technical objects and supports distribution of logbook information

Pain Points:

Logbook and object structure (for example) for an aircraft were not synchronized, which caused

additional manual activities and possible errors

Business Benefits:

Better data consistency and transparency with respect to resources via the maintenance board.

Better support for deployed operations because of the distributed logbook.

Target Group:

SAP ERP customers in the defense industry and new customers who need support for flight

operations in a distributed system landscape

11.5.3.3 Maintenance enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Better support for maintenance activities in a deployed system landscape by supporting distribution

of the master parts list (MPL) across the landscape. Adjustments in data relocation and distribution.

Enhancements to get better system performance. Enhancements for change authorization of objects.

Pain Points:

No distribution of MPL across the landscape. Poor system performance in some cases.

Business Benefits:

Distribution of MPL

Page 166: Functionality EHP4 Final

166 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Adjustments in relocation and distribution

Enhancements to modification rights for objects (change authorization)

Target Group:

Existing or new SAP ERP customers in the defense industry

11.5.3.4 Materials management enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Completing dynamic packing functionality, enhanced interchangeability support, and cross-system

relocation support

Pain Points:

Deficits in cross-system relocation functionality, incomplete dynamic packing functionality, and

missing I&S functionality

Business Benefits:

Complete, end-to-end dynamic packing capability

Cross-system relocation capability

Expanded interchangeability and substitution functionality in DFPS

Target Group:

SAP ERP customers in the defense industry

11.5.4 DFPS, Investigative Case Management (BF: DFPS_ICM_OF - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enables day-to-day public security and safety operations and major events by integrating

organizational information (based on defense forces and public safety - DFPS) and project planning

information (based on cProjects) with case management (based on SAP CRM).

Early Adopters:

- Police and law enforcement organizations running major crime investigations

- Public safety organizations and first responders running major events

Headline:

Integration of Capability-Based Organization Planning and Network Project Planning with Case

Management

Page 167: Functionality EHP4 Final

167 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Business scenario: operation and resource management; business process: managing of major

incidents and events (like natural or man-made disasters); and business process: managing major

cases (like organized crime)

Resource management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

It links a DFPS force element with an SAP CRM case (the case ID is displayed on the

operation/exercise tab). It also allows users to search, display, and import existing DFPS force

elements and operations in SAP CRM as operation organizational structures (OOS).

Pain Points:

Investigating large and complex crimes requires a variety of resources and usually involves different

units. To respond quickly to occurring demand, different operations and scenarios have to be

preplanned.

Business Benefits:

SAP CRM now offers an option for integration with DFPS. With this feature, users can now preplan

operations and scenarios for large criminal investigations and include them easily during the process

of an investigation. You simply open the template and adapt it to the needs of your current

operation (operation name, operation description, start and end date, maximum headcount,

superior organization, operation task, operation category, and operation planner position).

Target Group:

On DFPS side: users planning operations (operation planners). On the SAP CRM side: users processing

criminal investigations (detectives).

SAP for Healthcare

11.6.1 SAP Patient Management: Country Version for France (BF:

ISH_CV_FR - EhP: 4)

Description:

SAP Patient Management enhanced with country-specific functionalities for France, covering the

entire process chain in a hospital, such as patient admission, medical activity documentation, DRG

processing, patient billing, and external communication

Early Adopters:

Healthcare providers in France that want to implement an integrated solution for patient

administration, DRG processing, and billing in French hospitals

Page 168: Functionality EHP4 Final

168 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Headline:

Support Country-Specific Patient Administration, Billing, and DRG-Related Processes in an Integrated

Hospital Information System for France

Business Benefits:

The business function provides country-specific functionality for French healthcare providers that is

related to patient management, patient accounting, and electronic data interchange with external

stakeholders.

It provides the customer with an integrated medical-administrative hospital information system

compliant with French billing and external reporting rules covering both DRG reporting and the

dispatch of electronic invoices to statutory health insurance.

This approach allows the customer to enter case-related medical activity in real time and enables

creation of the case-related DRG and invoice immediately upon discharge of the patient.

Electronic reading of the French healthcare smartcard (Carte Vitale)

Vitale)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Electronic reading of Carte Vitale and saving card data in SAP software

Patient search using smartcard data

Use of smartcard data for creating new patient master record

- Manual entry of replacement certificates

- Automatic creation of insurance information for the case based on smartcard data or replacement

certificate data

Pain Points:

Incorrect or incomplete patient master records because of manual data entry

Insurance coverage certificate not available electronically

Business Benefits:

Reduced manual entry effort

Increased efficiency in admission process

Increased reliability of patient data

- Reduced duplicate patient records

Page 169: Functionality EHP4 Final

169 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Patient admission staff

Patient registration, including France-specific information

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Coordinated care path

Insurance coverage information

Support for special coverage schemes such as the local health care scheme "Alsace-Moselle,"

universal medical coverage (CMU), and state medical aid (AME)

Reasons for exoneration from patient contribution

Pain Points:

Admission data is disconnected from billing system

Fixed assignment of contract scheme and insurance providers

Business Benefits:

Entry of billing-relevant information at admission

Exhaustive management of insurance providers and flexible assignment of contract scheme

Target Group:

Patient admission staff

11.6.1.3 France-specific service and diagnosis catalog maintenance

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:

Import programs for service catalogs (CCAM, UCD, LPP, GHS, and NABM)

Import program for diagnoses catalog (French ICD10 version)

Service master enhanced with service attributes specific to French service catalogs

Pain Points:

High maintenance effort for service master data due to frequent catalog updates

Business Benefits:

Automatic update of service catalogs. History of time-dependent service attributes

Page 170: Functionality EHP4 Final

170 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

IT department and system administrator

11.6.1.4 DRG process support and reporting in acute hospital care area

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Support for PMSI MCO process

- Creation of standardized discharge message (RSS)

- Creation of standardized preparation summaries (RSP) for radiotherapy patients

- Workstation for director of medical information with interface to French grouper program

- Reporting of DRG-related data to regional health authority

Pain Points:

Disconnect between the PMSI system and the billing system

Business Benefits:

- Automatic creation of RSS file from patient and case data

- PMSI MCO grouping result used automatically for reporting or billing

Target Group:

Director of medical information

11.6.1.5 French billing rules

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Offers rules for calculating the patient contribution based on per diem fees

Offers rules for reimbursement by statutory health insurance

Allows flexible customizing of contract schemes related to statutory health insurance and

supplementary health insurance and special coverage schemes

Allows blocking the posting of receivables for specific invoices (invoices related to activity financed

by the hospital budget)

Allows simulation of payment distribution and manual adjustment capabilities

Page 171: Functionality EHP4 Final

171 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Fixed billing rules not adaptable to changing legal requirements

Business Benefits:

Billing rules easily adaptable to changing legal requirements through Customizing settings and

customer enhancements (Business Add-Ins)

Contract schemes can be flexibly defined and individually adjusted on case-by-case basis

Manual override of payment distribution possible with invoice creation

System ready for direct billing of inpatient stays and outpatient visits (public hospitals)

Target Group:

Patient accountant

11.6.1.6 Communication with payers

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Electronic data interchange for electronic invoice addressed to statutory health insurance (B2

protocol)

Receipt of payment information from statutory health insurance (NOEMIE protocol)

Displays invoice and related payment information on case basis

Pain Points:

No visibility of EDI invoices (B2) and related payment information (NOEMIE)

Delay between patient discharge and billing and electronic invoice creation

Cash management issues

Business Benefits:

Billing rules easily adaptable to changing legal requirements through Customizing settings and

customer enhancements (Business Add-Ins)

Contract schemes can be flexibly defined and individually adjusted on a case-by-case basis

Manual override of payment distribution possible with invoice creation

System ready for direct billing of inpatient stays and outpatient visits (public hospitals)

Target Group:

Patient accountant

Page 172: Functionality EHP4 Final

172 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.6.1.7 France-specific service rules and automatic service adjustments

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Automatic check and adjustment of services entered for the case:

- Automatic fee per diem creation or adjustment

- Automatic creation of daily hospital rate

- Automatic calculation of fixed patient contribution ( 18)

- DRG-related service rules

Pain Points:

Significant manual effort to enter billable services based on the case data

Significant manual case validation and completion effort prior to billing

Business Benefits:

Automatic generation and adjustment of billable service based on case data

Service entry and control is performed where the services are performed, allowing for billing at

discharge

Target Group:

Patient accountant

11.6.1.8 Direct patient billing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:

Physicians employed by the hospital have authorization to treat and bill the activity on their own

account. However, the physician chooses to have the hospital create the invoices on account of the

hospital first.

Creates a list of fee services performed in a given period and the fees billed. This list also allows the

calculation of the deduction and the amount to be transferred to the physician.

Transfers the doctors' fees collected from the hospital account to the physician's account, minus a

deduction.

Pain Points:

Page 173: Functionality EHP4 Final

173 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Little support for billing of direct physician fees via the hospital

Business Benefits:

Hospital to offer direct patient billing option to physicians

Direct patient billing as integral part of hospital information system

Visibility of payment status related to billed physician fee

Target Group:

Patient accountant and financial accountant

11.6.1.9 Selling drugs from hospital pharmacy

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Special visit type for drug sale from pharmacy

Automatic creation of billable service based on case-related material consumption

Creation of electronic invoice file (B2)

Pain Points:

Invoices for drugs sold to the public not included in EDI procedure B2

Separate systems available for billing drugs sold to the public; not integrated with hospital

information system

Business Benefits:

Closed-loop process support for selling drugs from hospital pharmacy including patient registration,

material consumption, and billing

Billing of patient treatment and billing of drugs supported in a single system: no redundancy in

patient data

Target Group:

Pharmacist

11.6.2 i.s.h.med: Enhanced Documentation Processes (BF: ISHMED_EDP -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Continuous improvement of documentation processes for clinical partner system i.s.h.med

Page 174: Functionality EHP4 Final

174 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Early Adopters:

All current i.s.h.med customers

Headline:

Continuous improvement of documentation processes

Business Benefits:

- Less application administration

- Less training effort

- Increased documentation performance

- Increased transparency of tasks and completion of tasks

- Increased individualization for roles and situation

- Improved data security

11.6.2.1 Surgery work station

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

The surgery work station is an application for patient- and process-oriented documentation of

surgeries in i.s.h.med. It provides situation-dependent task profiles for various documentation steps

in an operation process.

The surgery work station can therefore act as a surgeon's application for documenting diagnoses,

procedures, and the surgical report or as a nurse's application for documenting time stamps and the

surgery log.

A summary of the current surgery's documentation status and a patient viewer for accessing the

patient's electronic medical record (EMR) without interrupting the documentation process are both

integrated.

Pain Points:

Need for an integrated application for various situations and players in the surgery documentation

process, documentation overview, and completion of tasks. Access to patient's EMR while

documenting.

Business Benefits:

Universal workstation concept for i.s.h.med documentation workplaces:

- Less application administration

- Less training effort

Page 175: Functionality EHP4 Final

175 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Increased documentation performance

- Improved transparency of tasks and completion of tasks

- Increased individualization for roles and situations

Target Group:

Clinical users:

- Surgeons, surgical nurses, and anesthesia personnel

- Surgery managers

- Other clinical users for information purposes

11.6.2.2 Radiology work station

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

The radiology work station is an application for supporting the radiological findings process in

i.s.h.med, including creation, validation, and presentation of radiological reports in i.s.h.med. It

provides configurable workloads, task management, interfaces to image viewers, report creation,

and in-place access to patient's previous findings.

Pain Points:

Need for an integrated application for the radiological findings process with workload, task

management, image viewer interface, and in-place lookup of previous findings

Business Benefits:

Implementation of the radiological findings process by use of a universal workstation concept in

i.s.h.med.

- Less application administration and training effort

- Efficient findings creation and validation

- Improved transparency of tasks and completion of tasks

Target Group:

Clinical users:

- Radiological physicians

Page 176: Functionality EHP4 Final

176 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.6.2.3 Patient-centered inpatient work station

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The patient-centered inpatient work station is an application for managing clinical information and

documentation tasks for inpatients. It is configurable for various work scenarios like clinical

admission or doctor's round.

It provides:

- Situation-driven task profiles

- Patient's clinical summary as well as integrated presentation of the patient's clinical history

- Charting component for graphical, timeline-oriented presentation of patient's vital signs, lab values,

medication, treatment events, and documentation

- Presentation and creation of progress notes for documenting daily status and observations

- Creation of documentation like anamnesis, discharge reports, and so on

- Acquisition of planned treatment steps

Pain Points:

Need for an integrated application for various documentation situations in the inpatient treatment

process.

Business Benefits:

Moving toward a paperless documentation in inpatient treatment documentation.

Uniform look and feel for patient-centered process steps by use of the universal

i.s.h.med work station concept for patient-centered documentation.Target Group:

Clinical users:

- Doctors and nurses in inpatient areas

11.6.2.4 Implementation support

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Page 177: Functionality EHP4 Final

177 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Implementation support leverages easier application administration by creation of installation

packages holding organization unit- or document-specific customizing data and import of other SAP

systems.

Implementation support provides:

- Transfer of customizing data without changes

- Transfer of customizing data including assignment to other organizational units

Pain Points:

Need for:

- Controlled organizational unit or document transfer of customizing between SAP systems

- Simple multiplication of customizing settings within the organizational structure of an institution

Business Benefits:

Transparency and time savings in transferring and duplicating customizing related to clinical

organizational units

Target Group:

Application administrators

11.6.2.5 Application log

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Application log is an application for meeting the requirements of data security and privacy of clinical

patient data. It can record every access (display, change, and so on) to a patient's electronic medical

patient record in i.s.h.med. The logging messages are traceable for users with special authorization.

Pain Points:

Need for traceability of access to clinical patient data

Business Benefits:

Improved transparency of access to clinical patient date

Target Group:

Application administrators and persons responsible for data security and privacy

11.6.3 SAP Patient Management: Treatment Certificate (BF: ISH_TC - EhP:

4)

Page 178: Functionality EHP4 Final

178 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

New treatment certificates for SAP Patient Management. This Business Function is only released for

country version Italy.

Early Adopters:

Users of SAP Patient Management in the ambulatory care environment, especially users of existing

treatment certificates

Headline:

New Treatment Certificates Provide Improved Usability

Business Benefits:

The main benefit is increased efficiency through a rearranged user interface, a meaningful workflow,

and intelligent points of accessibility. A field pre-filled with the given data and according to the

treatment certificate category and type is also implemented to avoid redundant data.

11.6.3.1 New treatment certificates

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

To improve the existing solution, a rearranged user interface, the removal of not required data fields,

the concentration of the most needed data fields, the investigation of a meaningful workflow, and

intelligent points of accessibility have been implemented.

A field pre-filled with the given data and according to the treatment certificate category and type is

also implemented to avoid redundant data.

Pain Points:

Some users found the solution inefficient, difficult to use, and difficult to access.

Some customers stated that most of the data fields are no longer of any interest and importance.

Business Benefits:

Increased efficiency

Target Group:

Users of SAP Ambulatory Care Management

11.6.4 SAP Patient Management: Legal Process Adoption (BF: ISH_MISC1 -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Page 179: Functionality EHP4 Final

179 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Competitive requirements based on legal changes for SAP Patient Management, including service

enabling

Early Adopters:

All SAP Patient Management customers

Headline:

SAP Patient Management: Competitive Requirements Based on Legal Changes including Service

Enabling

Business Benefits:

Enhancements of SAP Patient Management regarding improved user interactions and broader

functionality in different areas like material requisition, coding, and billing processes.

Preassignments, additional checks, and further automatic creation of business data support user

productivity.

11.6.4.1 Enhancements of SAP Patient Management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Enhancements of SAP Patient Management regarding improved user interactions and broader

functionality in different areas like material requisition, coding, and billing processes.

Additional preassignments (example: birth data), consistency checks (example: material catalogs),

improved checks (example: similar patients), automatic generating features (example: absence

leaves), and further information (example: secondary view in clinical workstations) are major

enhancements of this business function.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality and incompleteness of business processes lead to expensive work-arounds on

the customer side.

Business Benefits:

Completeness of business processes and easier assignments of several objects to each other

increases end-user productivity.

Improved consistency checks, broader functionality, and better user interactions lead to increased

acceptance of SAP Patient Management for several user roles.

Preassignments, additional checks, and further automatic creation of business data support user

productivity.

Target Group:

Page 180: Functionality EHP4 Final

180 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

All SAP Patient Management users

11.6.4.2 Enterprise services for SAP Patient Management

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

Two ES bundles will be delivered:

1. Patient administration and medical activities

2. Patient billing and invoicing.

The first bundle covers enterprise services intended to support patient identification and encounter

management processes within healthcare provider organizations. It essentially offers enterprise

services for the business objects patient and patient encounter.

The second covers enterprise services intended to support the processes of documentation of

medical activities, patient invoicing, and payment handling. It also supports the transfer of medical

activities from specialized clinical systems, devices, or departmental systems.

Pain Points:

Missing data integration between clinical system and administrative systems leads to additional

manual input and prevents the timely appearance of all relevant data in the various systems.

Currently, huge effort is needed to adapt the relevant business processes to new requirements.

Business Benefits:

Better integration with clinical systems and other hospital systems (lab systems, department, and so

on), especially in an IHE-compliant manner.

Integrate SAP functionality into the clinical UI the users are used to

Avoid manual input and user errors

Offers the possibility to adapt and configure business processes flexibly to customer needs

Target Group:

Clinical users accessing SAP Patient Management functionality. All SAP Patient Management users

exchanging messages with connected systems.

11.6.5 SAP Ambulatory Care Management: Legal Process Adoption (BF:

ISH_AMB_MISC1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Competitive requirements based on legal changes for SAP Ambulatory Care Management

Page 181: Functionality EHP4 Final

181 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Early Adopters:

Customers who need support for their processes in ambulatory care units.

Headline:

Enhanced Functionality for SAP Ambulatory Care Management: Support for Renewable Documents

Business Benefits:

Users benefit from enhanced functionality and transparency that allows faster treatment and easier

documentation. General renewable document management enables the user to document the issue

of various forms that follow the initial document and renewed document logic.

11.6.5.1 Documentation work station: new documentation objects (enhanced)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

The outpatient documentation work station in SAP Ambulatory Care Management provides new

documentation objects: renewable documents and accident data.

Pain Points:

The view of patient treatment inside the documentation workstation was previously incomplete.

Business Benefits:

The new functionality allows customers to define tasks regarding renewable documents, and capture

accident data for use inside the documentation work station. This enhances transparency and

efficiency in daily work.

Target Group:

Users of the documentation workstation (SAP Ambulatory Care Management).

Renewable document management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Renewable document management enables users to issue initial and renewed documents in the

same place (example: work incapacity certificates).

Pain Points:

Previously, data frequently had to be re-entered when the documents were managed independently

Business Benefits:

Page 182: Functionality EHP4 Final

182 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Enhanced transparency and efficiency

Target Group:

All users of SAP Ambulatory Care Management

11.6.6 SAP Patient Management BP/OM (BF: ISH_BP_OM - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enables SAP Patient Management to use the generic business partner for patients and IS-H business

partners and use generic organizational management for IS-H organizational units, structure, and

building units.

Early Adopters:

Customers who want to build integration scenarios for patients, and business partners spanning SAP

CRM and SAP Patient Management.

Customers who want to unify and enhance the front end for entering structural

data (organizational and building).Headline:

Bring SAP for Healthcare Back to Standard SAP ERP in Business Partner and Organizational

Management

Business Benefits:

It moves proprietary SAP for Healthcare objects and UI transactions into SAP ERP standard objects

and corresponding standard UI transactions. Customers no longer need to learn how to use multiple

UIs to maintain the same logical objects (patients, payers, partners, and organizational hierarchy).

It offers easier integration with other SAP products using the same standard SAP objects.

11.6.6.1 Healthcare BP and OM transition to standard SAP ERP objects and

structures

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

It moves proprietary SAP for Healthcare objects and UI transactions into SAP ERP standard objects

and the corresponding standard UIs.

Pain Points:

Using different UIs for the same logical objects (patients, payers, partners, and organizational

hierarchy).

Problems with integrations across SAP components.

Business Benefits:

Page 183: Functionality EHP4 Final

183 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Standardized UI for the (logically) same business transactions

Target Group:

Hospital administrative employees

11.7 SAP for Higher Education & Research

11.7.1 SAP Student Lifecycle Management: Enterprise SOA-Enablement

(BF: ISHERCM_ESOA - EhP: 4)

Description:

Postprocessing framework and enterprise services for integration scenarios with financial aid systems

and learning management systems

Early Adopters:

Higher education customers who use SAP Student Lifecycle Management and wish to automate

academic processes that originate in the system further.

Headline:

Fully Automate Academic Follow-Up Processes in the System and Across Third-Party Applications

Business Benefits:

- Academic-related actions in SAP Student Lifecycle Management can be used to trigger automated

follow-up processes, thus minimizing the need for manual user intervention. - Academic processes

can then be managed with greater speed and accuracy than is possible via any kind of manual. batch,

or report-based processing. - Academic actions can also trigger real-time messages to third-party

applications, such as learning management systems and financial aid systems. - Third-party

applications will be able to access information in SAP Student Lifecycle Management via enterprise

services, reducing the cost and complexity of integrated processing.

11.7.1.1 Enterprise services for third-party integration

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

- Enterprise services provide standard interfaces for third-party learning management systems to be

notified about changes to course offerings and course registrations. - Enterprise services provide

standard interfaces for third-party applications, such as financial aid systems, to be notified about

changes to student and applicant status. - Enterprise services allow third-party applications to access

information about students, registrations, and academic offerings through standard Web services.

Pain Points:

Page 184: Functionality EHP4 Final

184 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Without enterprise services, third-party system integration requires specific technical knowledge of

underlying business functions and data models

Business Benefits:

Academic processes that span multiple applications can be managed seamlessly with enterprise

services. - Implementation costs of integration scenarios are reduced.

Target Group:

Information technology users and application developers and integrators

Academic postprocessing framework

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

- Changes to a student's academic history and to academic offerings can trigger an event in the new

academic postprocessing framework. - Each event will carry a context that allows business rules

(defined in the business rules framework) to determine what, if any, automated follow-up actions

shall be performed. - Follow-up actions can be freely defined, including the ability to send messages

to external applications via SAP NetWeaver Process Integration).

Pain Points:

- Report-based follow-up processing requires manual user intervention, which introduces time delays

and human errors into follow-up processes. - Data exports to third-party applications required batch

processing.

Business Benefits:

- Follow-up actions for academic events can now be handled in an automated, real-time manner. -

Costly and error-prone manual processing can be eliminated in most cases.

Target Group:

Information technology users and application programmers

11.7.2 SAP Student Lifecycle Management: Implementation Accelerator

(BF: ISHERCM_EXT_IAP - EhP: 4)

Description:

Functional enhancements in several areas like academic offerings and academic processes that will

help customers decrease the implementation effort and provide some advanced features in standard

business processes

Early Adopters:

Any SAP Student Lifecycle Management customer

Page 185: Functionality EHP4 Final

185 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Headline:

Implementation Accelerators for SAP Student Lifecycle Management

Business Benefits:

Implementation efforts are greatly reduced with features that are typically addressed via custom

development

11.7.2.1 Attendance tracking

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Instructors can track each student's attendance and tardiness for each class. - Excused and

unexcused absence reasons can be configured. - Pre-excused absences can be recorded for students.

- Absence data can be automatically considered during appraisal calculations.

Pain Points:

- Third-party products or custom development was necessary to support attendance tracking. - Lack

of attendance tracking in the system makes it difficult to manage attendance policies, which are also

needed for financial aid and athletics compliance.

Business Benefits:

- Instructors can easily track and view attendance data for students via a simple Web user interface,

eliminating the need to maintain attendance data separately via spreadsheets or paper entry, and

thus increasing the accuracy of information. - Automatic inclusion of attendance data in appraisals

ensures compliance with attendance policies.

Target Group:

Instructors for attendance entry; registrars for pre-excused absence entry

11.7.2.2 Stored performance indexes

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Performance index calculation results can be persistently stored, rather than always dynamically

calculated. - SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence extractors are delivered for flexible performance

index reporting. - Changes to stored performance indexes can trigger postprocessing framework

events.

Pain Points:

Page 186: Functionality EHP4 Final

186 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Reporting against performance indexes can result in system performance issues with dynamic

calculation. - Without stored performance indices, SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence extractors

cannot be used for performance index data.

Business Benefits:

- Analytical reporting of performance indexes. - Automated follow-up processes for students who

pass into positive or negative alert thresholds can be managed, ensuring the accuracy of academic

processes.

Target Group:

Information technology users; registrar's office

11.7.2.3 New booking check framework

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Boolean combinations and set-based prerequisites and corequisites for module booking can be

easily defined. - Non-course-based prerequisites can be defined without the use of VSR rules. - New

framework is based on subrequirements (similar to audits).

Pain Points:

- Creation of complex prerequisite conditions previously required the use of the VSR framework,

which resulted in complex rule maintenance and performance problems. - VSR framework has a

hard limit that is eventually reached, where additional rules just cannot be compiled.

Business Benefits:

- Creation and maintenance of complex booking checks is greatly simplified, reducing overall

implementation cost and time.

Target Group:

Information technology users

11.7.2.4 Audit framework enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Audit rule containers can be automatically generated for the academic structure. - Audit

subequirements can be defined to disallow reuse of academic work. - Audit subrequirements can be

defined to use academic work in an incremental manner until the conditions are met. - Audit

subrequirements can be prioritized for an audit run.

Page 187: Functionality EHP4 Final

187 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

- Audit run maintenance required major manual user intervention to manage reuse and prioritization

of academic work assignments to subrequirements.

Business Benefits:

- Audit runs can be largely automated with accurate results, reducing the time spent by academic

departments to adjust results manually.

Target Group:

Academic departments

11.7.2.5 Online grading user interface

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

An alternative to the current Java Web Dynpro application for appraisal self-service

Pain Points:

- Java Web Dynpro application offered limited configuration capabilities. - Corrections to Java Web

Dynpro could not be applied simply. -Source code for Java Web Dynpro could not be modified or

enhanced.

Business Benefits:

Customers will be able to easily adopt SAP-issued corrections and enhancements. - User interface is

easily configurable to meet customer needs.

Target Group:

Instructors

11.7.2.6 Event-offering business add-ins

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Business add-ins for event offerings allow default and suggested abbreviations and names of events

and event packages. - Business add-in allows customer-specific validation rules of event offering

data.

Pain Points:

Page 188: Functionality EHP4 Final

188 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- It was difficult to enforce institutional rules for naming sections and events

Business Benefits:

- Time savings during creation of event offerings. - Compliance with institutional rules. - Alerts to

faculty workload exceptions.

Target Group:

Academic department users

11.7.2.7 Academic work UI enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Academic work user interface (UI) can now be accessed directly (with student search), rather than

requiring navigation via the student file. - Business add-ins are available for advanced validation of

the academic work data entered.

Pain Points:

- It is very time consuming for users to navigate through the student file to switch to a new student

for academic work maintenance. - Academic work entered was not always accurate due to user

oversight.

Business Benefits:

- Time savings and increased productivity. - Increased accuracy of academic work data for students.

Target Group:

Registrar's office user

11.7.2.8 Relaxable booking checks

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Booking capacity checks at the module level can be relaxed. - Booking checks during wait-list move-

up can be relaxed.

Pain Points:

- Performance of extraneous booking checks did not allow customers to execute wait-list move-up in

a timely manner

Business Benefits:

Page 189: Functionality EHP4 Final

189 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Wait-list move-ups will execute more quickly, allowing for more frequent evaluation of move-ups

Target Group:

Registrar's office users

11.7.2.9 Simplified graduation record creation for students

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing FeatureDescription:

- Graduation records for a student can now be created directly from the existing transaction:

graduation per student. Previously, it could be done only from graduation per program.

Pain Points:

- It was time-consuming for users to create graduation records for students.

Business Benefits:

- Productivity will be improved

Target Group:

Registrar's office users

11.7.2.10 Module-based correspondence

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Correspondence can be generated using a module or event as the context object, rather than

student

Pain Points:

- It was difficult to generate correspondence specific to all students in a particular module

Business Benefits:

- Module-specific correspondence, such as completion certificates, can be easily generated. - Official

communication correspondence regarding modules (such as cancellation) can be easily generated.

Target Group:

Academic department users

11.7.3 SLM Localization Topics for the Netherlands (BF:

ISHERCM_LOCNL_STUDYLINK_1 - EhP: 4)

Page 190: Functionality EHP4 Final

190 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

SAP Student Lifecycle Management: localization enhancements for the Netherlands

Early Adopters:

Universities in Netherlands that use SAP Student Lifecycle Management and need country-specific

localization to integrate with Studielink

Headline:

Enables Management of Netherlands-Specific Master Data and Integration with Studielink

Business Benefits:

The system can communicate with Studielink by sending and receiving student master data and

study data. The system can process information from Studielink and map it to corresponding

processing in SAP Student Lifecycle Management.

11.7.3.1 Integration with Studielink

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Enables the system to integrate with Studielink via SAP NetWeaver XI. A Web service enables

Studielink to send information to SAP Student Lifecycle Management, which can also send

information about students to Studielink.

Pain Points:

There is no solution available to enable this integration at present. The manual process of updating ,

maintaining, and synchronizing this data with Studielink can now be automated in many scenarios.

Business Benefits:

Master data and study data for all students can be maintained automatically with integration with

Studielink.

Target Group:

Faculty and administration teams in universities

11.7.4 SAP Student Lifecycle Management: User Interface for Student (BF:

ISHERCM_UI_STUDENT - EhP: 4)

Description:

Student user interface role covering various self-services for students

Page 191: Functionality EHP4 Final

191 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Early Adopters:

Customers using SAP Student Lifecycle Management who wish to allow students to perform course

registration and other self-services on the Web.

Headline:

Self-Service Academic Processes Can Increase Service Levels and Decrease Operating Costs

Business Benefits:

- Institutions can provide students with a wide variety of self-service applications for common

functions that would otherwise require manual processing by an administrative user. - Students'

expectations of availability of online services can be met or exceeded. - Comprehensive course

registration self-service minimizes the need for direct advisor or administrative user intervention,

allowing students to register for courses efficiently to complete their academic programs

successfully.

11.7.4.1 Course registration self-service

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New CapabilityDescription:

- An out-of-the-box Web self-service application is provided (via Web Dynpro for ABAP) for student

course registration. - The application is highly configurable to meet individual requirements of

universities. - The Web self-service processing engine can be decoupled from back-end productive

system for increased security.

Pain Points:

- Previously, customers had to develop their own user interfaces for course registration. - Many

aspects of course registration still required administrative assistance.

Business Benefits:

- Implementation costs are greatly reduced with this self-service application. - Universities can offer

students the ability to preselect courses in a shopping cart even before their registration window

opens. - Students can simulate tuition calculation from their selected courses.

Target Group:

Students and advisors (who register students for courses)

11.7.4.2 Student portal role

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 192: Functionality EHP4 Final

192 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- A portal role is provided for students, assembling the previously released student self-service

applications and the new, Web-based course registration application. - Student self-service

functionality is decoupled from the back-end core system for increased security.

Pain Points:

- Customer development of portal content for self-service applications is costly. -There is a possible

security risk with student Web access to administrative systems.

Business Benefits:

-- Implementation costs are lowered by providing portal content for student services. - System

security is improved.

Target Group:

Students

11.8 SAP for Insurance

11.8.1 FSSR, Adaption for Internationalization (BF: INS_FSSR_I18N - EhP:

4)

Description:

Additional differentiation criteria: premium reserve fund reposting, migration follow-up posting,

master data administration, and ledger extensions

Early Adopters:

International FS-SR statutory reporting customers.

Headline:

Adaption for Internationalization

Business Benefits:

Allows customers to use more differentiation criteria for statutory reporting

11.8.1.1 Adoption for internationalization

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Page 193: Functionality EHP4 Final

193 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The new functionality supports additional differentiation criteria which are defined

in financial asset management (FAM) operational systemPain Points:

In earlier releases, the customer was restricted to using only one differentiation criterion, the

deposit. This restriction was valid only for company codes with an activated statutory reporting tool.

Business Benefits:

With the new functionality, the customer has more flexibility in using the differentiation criteria of

the operational system. The available differentiation criteria are deposit, portfolio, deposit group,

and a combination of them.

Target Group:

Account specialist and trustees

11.8.2 Insurance Claim Handling 2 (BF: INS_FSCM_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

A collection of minor and major improvements that might be useful to any customer: new archiving

engine, new mapping tool, repetitive payments, development requests, and so on

Early Adopters:

- All insurance carriers using SAP Claims Management for property and casualty or health insurance

- Self insurers

- Large enterprises acting as self insurers

Headline:

A collection of minor and major improvements that is useful to any insurance claims management

customer.

Business Benefits:

- Ensures a complete suite for end-to-end claims management

- Enhances claims processing transparency

- Accelerates integration with external systems based on enterprise services

11.8.2.1 Interface with policy management for home contents and life

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Page 194: Functionality EHP4 Final

194 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

Interface including a default mapping for FS-PM to make all relevant policy data available for the

policy snapshot in the claims management system (FS-CM) for the home contents and life lines of

business

Pain Points:

High implementation costs for integration of policy and claims systems

Business Benefits:

Reduced implementation time and costs for integration of policy systems

Target Group:

Insurance claim handler

11.8.2.2 New enterprise services: find claim and read claim in ES bundle claim

handling

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

Enterprise services are provided to search a claim and to read all details of a claim from an external

system

Pain Points:

To support participating claim parties like sales agents, brokers, or even call center agents, an insurer

needs to provide claim data outside of their claims management business departments

Business Benefits:

Reduce implementation costs of interfaces to external systems by use of enterprise services: provide

claims data easily and in a consistent way to claim participants or other external parties

Target Group:

Insurance claim handler, broker, sales agents, and so on

11.8.2.3 Claims archiving

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Archiving functionality for the objects claim, claim bundle, and service catalogues is provided

Pain Points:

Page 195: Functionality EHP4 Final

195 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Large or long-term customer installations need to reduce the size of their databases to improve

performance

Business Benefits:

Less storage space needed; better performance resulting in shorter claim processing times

Target Group:

Insurance claim handler and insurance system administrator

11.8.2.4 Enhancements for service catalogs

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Service catalogs are extended by point values or business rules to calculate prices for services

flexibly. In addition to existing direct service catalog assignments, indirect service catalog assignment

via classifying attributes is possible.

Pain Points:

Only fixed price models for services have been supported

Business Benefits:

Point values or use of business rules enables customers to use more extended pricing models for

their services described in service catalogs

Target Group:

Insurance claim handler

11.8.2.5 Approval of repetitive payment

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

An approval process is now possible based on the repetitive payment record, instead of being forced

to approve each single payment, resulting of one repetitive payment record

Pain Points:

Authorization process is needed for repetitive payments to control the total amount of money that is

to be paid

Business Benefits:

Page 196: Functionality EHP4 Final

196 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Improve expense controlling by approval of complete repetitive payments records in one step

instead of generating single payments individually

Target Group:

Insurance claim handler and insurance claim supervisor

11.8.2.6 Other new or extended functionality

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Changing participant directly by entering BP number

- Assigning text samples to settlement header of bulk subrogation

- Maintaining damaged object for auto

- Improved selection of injured persons

- Display of Performer's Office Telephone Number;

- Clauses on coverage level in the policy snapshot

Pain Points:

Slow claims-handling process

Business Benefits:

Streamlines claims-handling process for different lines of business

Target Group:

Insurance claim handler

11.8.2.7 New summary screen in claim and subclaim

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Provides a new summary screen on claim and subclaim level

Pain Points:

Standard claims management overview screens did not provide a sufficient claim or subclaim

overview

Business Benefits:

Page 197: Functionality EHP4 Final

197 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- More streamlined claims handling

- Improved first look at an insurance claim

Target Group:

Insurance claim handler

11.8.2.8 Ubiquitous start of notes handling

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Start creating notes on a claim from everywhere within the claim

Pain Points:

Creation of claims notes is done many times a day and needs to be really quick. Several -clicks-away

navigation is inappropriate.

Business Benefits:

Improve claim processing speed by faster claim note creation

Target Group:

Insurance claim handler

11.8.2.9 Enhanced claim status upon claim closure

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Provide overview during claim closure attempt indicating all reasons preventing a claim closure

Pain Points:

Non optimal process of claim closure in system so far

Business Benefits:

More efficient claim closing process

Target Group:

Insurance claim handler

11.8.2.10 Inactive claims monitoring

Page 198: Functionality EHP4 Final

198 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Identification of all claims that have been open and inactive for a certain period of time and

notification all claim handlers responsible for these claims by triggering a task

Pain Points:

Customers need to have the ability to be notified when claims have been inactive for certain period

so that a claim handler can proceed with certain activity on the claim if required.

Business Benefits:

Improve claim inventory aging KPIs by identification of aged claims

Target Group:

Insurance claim handler and insurance claim supervisor

11.8.2.11 Data extraction for claims financial reporting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

New data extraction for as-of-point-in-time analysis for financial key figures to be used as basis for

SAP NetWeaver BI 7.04 content

Pain Points:

- Data extractors need to be implemented in implementation projects causing high implementation

costs. Claim construction controlling was only partly possible due to missing as-of-point-in-time

analysis and missing consolidated financial key figures.

Business Benefits:

Out-of-the-box data basis for claims financial reporting available in SAP NetWeaver BI

Target Group:

Insurance claim supervisor, insurance controller, claim executive, actuary, and CFO

11.8.3 Credentialing (BF: EA_ICM_CRD_CORE_02 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Documentation enhancements

Early Adopters:

Page 199: Functionality EHP4 Final

199 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Customers who use credentialingHeadline:

Change of User Interface

Business Benefits:

A change for the user interface from Web Dynpro for Java to Web Dynpro for ABAP. It also offers

enhanced documentation about credentialing so that customers can run credentialing more

efficiently.

11.8.3.1 Change of user interface

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The functionality remains unchanged. Enhanced documentation is also available.

Pain Points:

- Mix of Web Dynpro technologies in ICM environment and high infrastructure costs

- Insufficient documentation about credentialing

Business Benefits:

- Homogeneous Web Dynpro technology base and reduced TCO for implementation and

maintenance

- Avoidance of unnecessary effort to operate the credentialing system properly

Target Group:

Credential manager and system administrators

11.8.4 Insurance Auto Claim Best Practice (BF: INS_FSCM_AUTO - EhP: 4)

Description:

A streamlined application for the auto claims process with preconfigured customizing for faster

implementation

Early Adopters:

- All insurance carriers using SAP Claims Management for property and casualty in the auto insurance

line of business

Headline:

A Streamlined Application for the Auto Claims Process with Preconfigured Customizing for Faster

Implementation

Business Benefits:

Page 200: Functionality EHP4 Final

200 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Implementation cost reduction for the auto line of business based on various solution

improvements and preconfigured customizing packages

11.8.4.1 Best-practice customizing for personal auto line of business (USA and

Germany)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Best-practice-based delivery customizing for personal auto line of business in the United States and

Germany

Pain Points:

- Long implementation cycles

Business Benefits:

- Reuse of standard customizing for production systems

- Reduced implementation time and cost

Target Group:

- Claims handler

- IT user

11.8.5 FSSR, Management of External Data (BF: INS_FSSR_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Management of external data and flexibility of industry key business processes

Early Adopters:

FS-SR statutory reporting customers

Headline:

Management of External Data and Flexibility of Industry Key Business Processes

Business Benefits:

Allows customers to integrate external data at the point of list generation. Allows more flexibility for

use of industry key business processes.

11.8.5.1 Management of external data

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Page 201: Functionality EHP4 Final

201 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

The functionality allows customers to integrate external data at the point of list generation.

Pain Points:

Customers had to enter data of external systems (non-SAP) at the point of generated reports in edit

mode manually. They then had to simulate the corresponding list. But the data they entered was not

persistent in the system.

Business Benefits:

The external data is uploaded and stored in the system. Customers can integrate external data at the

point of list generation automatically.

Target Group:

Accounting specialists and trustees

11.8.5.2 Flexibility of industry key business processes

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Flexibility of key industry business processes

Pain Points:

In earlier releases, the customer had to assign a predefined industry key at the level of the business

partner. No other industry keys were supported.

Business Benefits:

The new functionality allows customers to use all existing industry keys defined at the level of the

business partner in the statutory reporting module.

Target Group:

Account specialists and trustees

11.8.6 Insurance Collections and Disbursements 2 (BF: INS_FSCD_CI_2 -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Enable improvements in open-item managed accounting, payments, and other collections and

disbursements capabilities by providing additional functionality:

Customer-specific account determination

Enterprise SOA services

Page 202: Functionality EHP4 Final

202 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Insurance-specific events

Enhanced business locks

Broker collections

Early Adopters:

All insurance carriers that are already using SAP Customer Billing for Insurance and SAP Insurance

Collections and Disbursements along with new insurance customers interested in the new

capabilities offered in enhancement package 4

Headline:

Streamline Insurance Contract Accounting with Enhancements from SAP

Business Benefits:

-Enables information for related solutions regarding exceptions within FS-CD

-Increases flexibility

-Provides content for SAP NetWeaver Business Intelligence

-Allows integration with calculating systems and external solutions

-Lowers TCO

-Speeds up implementation projects

11.8.6.1 Client-dependent, customer-specific account determination

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

This functionality enables configuration of customer-specific account determination for each client.

For each client, a posting area can be specified for the general ledger (G/L) account determination of

the business partner item (receivables and payables) and a posting area for G/L account

determination of the G/L item (revenue and expenses). Up to eight features for account

determination can be selected. The posting areas must therefore be maintained accordingly.

Pain Points:

Weak capabilities to define control parameters for customer-specific account determination across

clients after an upgrade

Business Benefits:

Customers have now an option to configure customer-specific account determination for each client

Target Group:

Page 203: Functionality EHP4 Final

203 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

All FS-CD customers

11.8.6.2 Shared reconciliation keys for broker report

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Multiple broker reports can post to the same reconciliation key. No exclusively reserved

reconciliation key is used for each broker report. When creating a broker report, the system does not

create a reconciliation key but determines a valid reconciliation key immediately after posting the

broker report. The system then searches for reconciliation keys that have already been created and

that are not being used. If none can be determined, the system creates a new reconciliation key. On

any given day, the system requires the same number of reconciliation keys for posting broker reports

as the maximum number of parallel processes that post broker reports.

Pain Points:

Only one broker report can post to a reconciliation key of this type at the same time

Business Benefits:

By having multiple broker reports posting to the same reconciliation key, greater summarization of

the total records is ensured

Target Group:

All FS-CD customers who use the broker functionality

11.8.6.3 Positioning on individual payment plan item

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

This functionality enables the positioning option for a payment plan item within table control for the

payment plan items. This approach makes it easier to find a specific item if an insurance object and

business partner relationship has five or more payment plan items.

Pain Points:

It has been difficult and time-consuming for insurance customers to find a specific payment plan item

if many items are assigned to a insurance object and business partner relationship

Business Benefits:

Faster and efficient way to select an item

Target Group:

Page 204: Functionality EHP4 Final

204 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

All FS-CD customers

11.8.6.4 Flexible withholding tax in payment plan interface

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

With enhancement package 4, you can enter variable withholding tax supplements that belong to a

document by using the payment plan interface

Pain Points:

Insurance customers were facing difficulties in specifying variable withholding tax supplements for a

payment plan item and allocating them appropriately to the payment plan subitems

Business Benefits:

The variable withholding tax supplements can be specified for a payment plan item and they are

allocated appropriately to the payment plan subitem

Target Group:

All FS-CD customers

11.8.6.5 Check escheatment

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Escheatment is applicable only for the United States and consists of handing over abandoned or

unclaimed property to a government authority. In the case of insurance companies, that applies to

payments made to insurants, brokers, agents, and claimants when the issued check has not been

negotiated after a period of time. Regulations differ from state to state, but after a specified period,

the issued payments (most often a check or draft) are considered subject to escheatment and the

funds must be turned over to the state. The funds become property of the state by Federal law.

Pain Points:

It is defined by law that insurance companies must make reasonable efforts to contact the payee

(send a notification letter) in case their check has not been claimed and escheat the respective check

amount to the corresponding state

Business Benefits:

The legal requirement for escheatment will be fulfilled

Page 205: Functionality EHP4 Final

205 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

FS-CD customers in the United States

11.8.6.6 Business lock supplement for payment plan items

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

New functionality for processing locks like clearing lock, payment lock, interest lock, and dunning lock

in the payment plan item. The processing locks can now be defined with a validity period.

Pain Points:

Previously, users could define processing locks only with a number of days. The number of days was

transferred to a validity period of the created documents (subledger side).That was insufficient for

customers of SAP Insurance Collections and Disbursements.

Business Benefits:

For each processing lock, a number of days or a validity period can be set. Furthermore, users can

define the processing locks with a validity period in the payment plan items.

Target Group:

All FS-CD customers

11.8.7 SAP Incentive and Commission Management (BF:

EA_ICM_ICM_CORE_02 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Usability

Enterprise service-oriented architecture (PIC)

New functionality and features

Early Adopters:

Customers interested in enhancing their existing scenarios with SAP Incentive and Commission

Management or in building composites based on newly delivered central services

Headline:

Reduce TCO when Enhancing Cross-System Scenarios for SAP Incentive and Commission

Management with Central Enterprise SOA Services

Page 206: Functionality EHP4 Final

206 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

- Clear architecture for enhanced business scenarios

- Reduced TCO by using standardized services

- More benefits from additional functionality

- Improved standard integration features

11.8.7.1 User interface and usability

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The UI and functionality are consistent with the previous UI, but the technology has switched to Web

Dynpro for ABAP

Pain Points:

Mix of UI technologies causes higher costs for implementation and maintenance

Business Benefits:

Reduced TCO by focusing on one UI technology strategy

The UIs for the roles of compensation analyst and credential manger provide easy-to-use

functionality for the most common tasks and reports

Target Group:

Users working in the roles of compensation analyst and credential manager

11.8.7.2 Enhanced integration

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Improves standard integration scenarios for SAP Incentive and Commission Management integrated

for:

- Automotive industry

- Utility industry

- FI-CA component

Pain Points:

Page 207: Functionality EHP4 Final

207 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Customers had to handle integration of the components mentioned above themselves, resulting in

higher implementation efforts

Business Benefits:

- Reduced implementation costs

- Stable, standard integration

- Standard integration maintained by SAP

Target Group:

Implementation projects and system administrators

11.8.7.3 Service bundle

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

Provides services to create, change, reverse, and find commission cases and commission documents

Pain Points:

Customers had to integrate legacy systems and SAP Incentive and Commission Management, which

resulted in significant implementation effort. Customer creation of of their own composites was

expensive.

Business Benefits:

Customers can now implement their own integration scenarios or composites more inexpensively

and much faster by using the provided services. A clear picture of the service landscape means lower

costs for implementation and maintenance.

Target Group:

Implementation projects and system administrators

11.8.7.4 Functional enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Lists open commission entitlements to update account reporting

- Supports the approval process and partial release of commission payments

Pain Points:

Page 208: Functionality EHP4 Final

208 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Customers had to implement their own queries to determine accruals from SAP Incentive and

Commission Management

- Retention of commission payment was difficult to handle; granularity for partial payment was

insufficient

Business Benefits:

- Customers can now easily determine accruals from SAP Incentive and Commission Management

- Customers can efficiently handle fast approval of commission payments

Target Group:

Commission managers and accountants

Class/Level of Innovation:

/

11.8.8 Insurance Life Benefit Process (BF: INS_FSCM_LIFE - EhP: 4)

Description:

Implementation of claim handling for the new line of business: life insurance

Early Adopters:

- All insurance carriers using SAP Claims Management for life benefit processes

Headline:

Implementation of claim handling for the new line of business: life insurance

Business Benefits:

- Ensures complete end-to-end processing of life benefits

11.8.8.1 Support of general life benefit processes

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

FS-CM now supports handling life benefit processes

Pain Points:

Customers need to be able to handle insurance claims in various line of businesses. With this feature,

the new line of business life benefit is introduced and works in a streamlined manner with all other

lines of businesses already available in the past.

Business Benefits:

Page 209: Functionality EHP4 Final

209 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Customers can now handle claims in the life insurance line of business using this feature

Target Group:

Claims handler handling life benefit claims

11.8.8.2 Waiting period management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

This feature lists all relevant waiting periods for a life benefit claim. It also takes waiting periods of

related life benefit claims into account. Waiting periods can influence the payment of life insurance

benefits.

Pain Points:

Customers need to be able to handle life benefit claims based on insurance products based on

incapacity to work coverage

Business Benefits:

Waiting periods can now be managed for life benefit claims using this feature

Target Group:

Claims handler handling life benefit claims

11.8.8.3 Standard and fund-based benefit distribution for single and repetitive

payments

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

This functionality enables claims handler to distribute benefits for fund-based and non-fund-based

insurance claim benefits

Pain Points:

Life benefits often need to be distributed to several third parties, like creditors or beneficiaries

Business Benefits:

Customers can now distribute life benefits

Target Group:

Claims handler handling life benefit claims

Page 210: Functionality EHP4 Final

210 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.8.8.4 Annuity management

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

This functionality enables customers to handle annuities within their life benefit claims

Pain Points:

Customers need to pay out life benefits as annuities.

Business Benefits:

By using this feature customers can now pay out life benefits as annuities

Target Group:

Claims handler handling life benefit claims

11.9 SAP for Media

11.9.1 Media, Contract Accounts Receivable and Payable 2 (BF: MED_CA_2 -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Enhanced functionality in the area of contract accounting. Generic development also available for

SAP for Media customers.

Early Adopters:

Media companies with a large number of customers

Headline:

Customer-Facing Activities and Solid Financial Capabilities for Media Companies with Large Numbers

of Subscribers

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functions in contract accounting for media companies

11.9.1.1 Enhancements for installment plans

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Page 211: Functionality EHP4 Final

211 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Calculate interest at creation of an installment plan

Pain Points:

Automatic calculation of interest at creation of an installment plan was impossible

Business Benefits:

Usability and automation

Target Group:

Accountant

11.9.1.2 New mass activity for revenue distribution

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The new mass activity for revenue distribution permits automatic posting of distributions. Two

additional reports for analysis are offered.

Pain Points:

Missing automation in revenue distribution

Business Benefits:

Automation

Target Group:

Accountant

11.9.1.3 Business partner locks enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can set preconfigured end-dates for business locks. Authorization concept is used at creation of

business locks.

Pain Points:

Manual setting of end dates

Business Benefits:

Automation

Page 212: Functionality EHP4 Final

212 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Accountant

11.9.1.4 New mass activity for credit card payments

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Automatically mass-process credit card payments

Pain Points:

Missing mass activity for credit card payments

Business Benefits:

Automation

Target Group:

Accountant

11.9.1.5 Group items for automatic clearing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

At automatic clearing, you can group selected items

Pain Points:

No group of items in automatic clearing

Business Benefits:

Usability

Target Group:

Accountant

11.9.1.6 New features for mass activities

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

In mass activities, you can predefine a preselection, use generic variants, and configure log classes

Page 213: Functionality EHP4 Final

213 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Usability of mass activities

Business Benefits:

Usability and automation

Target Group:

Accountant

11.9.1.7 Use ledger groups for doubtful receivables

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

You can use ledger groups for doubtful receivables

Pain Points:

No ledger groups for doubtful receivables

Business Benefits:

Usability

Target Group:

Accountant

11.9.1.8 New archiving objects

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can archive revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents

Pain Points:

No archiving of revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents

Business Benefits:

TCO reduction

Target Group:

Accountant and system administrator

Page 214: Functionality EHP4 Final

214 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.9.1.9 New extractors to SAP NetWeaver BI

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Payment and returns history can be extracted to SAP NetWeaver BI

Pain Points:

No extraction of payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI

Business Benefits:

Better analytics

Target Group:

Accountant

11.9.1.10 Service for legal dunning

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

You can use an enterprise service to communicate with external collection agencies and legal

dunning organizations

Pain Points:

No interface to legal dunning and external collection agencies

Business Benefits:

Standardized communication

Target Group:

Collector

11.9.1.11 Extended service for external cash desks

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Additional features of the enterprise service for external cash desks to be used in an internal scenario

Page 215: Functionality EHP4 Final

215 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

No option to use the service in an internal scenario

Business Benefits:

Use the service internally

Target Group:

Cashier and collector

11.9.1.12 Define champion and challenger collection strategies

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The new feature allows definition of test series for champion and challenger collection strategies. For

a certain percentage of your champion collection strategies, you can define challenger strategies,

which are then assigned to master data groups.

Pain Points:

Companies are constantly looking for options to improve their collection activities

Business Benefits:

The new features allow testing the current collection strategies against alternative collection

approaches. If the challenger strategy is more successful, you can replace the current champion

strategy to improve collections.

Target Group:

Collector

11.9.1.13 Enhanced revenue distribution

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Consider distribution rates to distribute revenues, open items, and unassigned payments to final

recipients

Pain Points:

Revenue agencies have to distribute revenues to final recipients automatically

Business Benefits:

Page 216: Functionality EHP4 Final

216 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The new features allow revenue agencies to automate the distribution of revenues

Target Group:

Revenue agencies

11.9.1.14 Manage correspondence in interaction center

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Configure correspondence types

Compose outbound correspondence

Provide document management service

Pain Points:

Depending on its collection procedures, a collection agency needs to maintain various

correspondence types

Business Benefits:

The new features allow collection agencies to set up new correspondence types for collection

purposes flexibly and then use them in the context of collections management

Target Group:

Collection agencies

Fund accounting integration

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

FM derivation and update: the reconciliation account is replaced in the FM derivation by the general

Ledger account that results from the account determination.

Grant-enabled FICA: the grant field can be used as an input field in posting FICA documents when

using transaction FPE1.

GM update: the order, cost center, and WBS element are made available in the GM update for the

receivable/payable line(s) coming from FICA.

Splitting of business partner lines: the user can enter one business partner line and more than one

general ledger lines. The system splits the business partner line into as many lines as general ledger

lines in the document.

Page 217: Functionality EHP4 Final

217 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Reporting according to fund accounting regulations

Business Benefits:

Enhanced reporting capabilities

Target Group:

Accountants

11.9.2 Media, Subscription Management 2 (BF: MED_MSD_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enhanced and additional functionality in the area of subscription management

Early Adopters:

Newspaper publishers using subscription management, with a focus on U.S. publishers.

Headline:

Enhanced Functionality for Subscriptions Management (North American Extension)

Business Benefits:

You can use this business function to process both subscription sales and distribution and single copy

sales of newspapers and magazines. Functions are available for the business partner and payment

processing; for controlling renewal subscriptions, home delivery, and complaint processing; for

circulation auditing (ABC), and for carriers in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media. New

functions are also available in the customer interaction center (CIC) and for importing and changing

bulk data.

11.9.2.1 Automatic contract account creation

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to have the system create a contract account automatically when you

create a new business partner or a new role for an existing business partner. The system uses a

contract account template.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Page 218: Functionality EHP4 Final

218 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.2 Generation of multiple renewal offers

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to generate several alternative offer items for an order based on flexibly

definable offer alternatives. The offer alternatives can be determined by a variety of access

sequences, which you can define as you wish.

The system generates the alternative offer items automatically during the monitoring run. You can

select an offer alternative for a renewal offer in advance in the CIC. The system then uses this offer

alternative during the monitoring run.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.3 Enhanced monitoring procedure determination for renewal

subscriptions

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function in the same way as the condition technique to determine the monitoring

procedure using flexible predefined look-ups. New key fields are available for each look-up.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

Page 219: Functionality EHP4 Final

219 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.9.2.4 Suspension of monitoring steps

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to ensure that customers with suspended renewal subscriptions are not

sent reminder letters triggered by the monitoring function during their absence.

If the suspension extends into the tolerance period, the system skips the monitoring step that is

scheduled to take place during the original tolerance period and postpones it by the number of

suspension days in the tolerance period.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.5 Generation of bonus days and up-give items

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use these functions to increase circulation of your daily newspaper actively. The function for

generating bonus days allows you to supply customers of a daily newspaper who do not have a full

subscription with free copies on days on which they do not normally receive the newspaper. As part

of a sales promotion, you can generate up-give items for partial subscriptions so that the orders

switch to full subscriptions with daily delivery for a certain period. The promotion has no affect on

the expiration date.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Page 220: Functionality EHP4 Final

220 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Sales agent

11.9.2.6 CIC scripting for bad payers

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to indicate bad payers so that the agent in the CIC can identify them

immediately from the scripting in the navigation area.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Better usability

Target Group:

Sales agent

Automatic unlocking of subscription credits

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

When a customer terminates a renewal subscription, open credits resulting from a suspension or

complaint can be reimbursed automatically. The monitoring procedure automatically removes the

payment lock on the contract account and the system refunds the credit with the next payment run

after the subscription has been terminated. The system does not unlock other active credit items

that do not result from this renewal subscription.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.8 Fast entry of incoming payments for renewal subscriptions

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 221: Functionality EHP4 Final

221 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use these functions to enter incoming payments for credit card or check payments in the CIC

using short-dialog function keys.

A separate function is available for entering lockbox payments that could not be processed

automatically. You can determine the correct assignment from the order number, as well as by

entering the assignment number directly.

You can also enter payment amounts as tips and donations. You can change these as you wish before

updating the payment amounts.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Better usability

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.9 Dispatching

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

You can use this function to process and monitor customer complaints or complaints regarding

shipping orders based on workflows, which you can enhance according to your requirements.

Subsequent deliveries are processed using workflows, which are triggered automatically and which

control communication with the service runner.

Monitoring takes place using the dispatching cockpit, which provides an overview of all complaints

for the current date, classified by publication, home delivery district, and carrier route. You can

refresh the display at any time.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

Page 222: Functionality EHP4 Final

222 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.9.2.10 Postponed delivery

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this new function to hold issues during a vacation suspension for a customer whose

subscription is supplied by home delivery, and then deliver the issues on the customer's return. The

process is controlled by a carrier change notification, which is triggered at the start of a suspension

and instructs the carrier to hold the issues. After the suspension is over, the carrier receives a

message indicating that it is time to deliver the issues that have been held.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.11 Automatic creation of shipping problem messages

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Thresholds defined in the system can be used to control whether a shipping problem message is

created automatically for each carrier route. This function takes account of customer complaints and

complaints for shipping orders. When the threshold is crossed, the agents at the customer service

center automatically receive notification when they enter the next complaint so that they can react

accordingly.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.12 Complaint charge for carriers

Page 223: Functionality EHP4 Final

223 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to charge the carrier for customer complaints relating to a specific carrier

route and received during the billing period. You can cumulate the complaints by weekday and

weight them according to complaint reasons.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.13 Mass processing functions

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The bulk order data import function creates the following data from external files in SAP software:

- New business partners and orders based on an offer or a campaign

- Suspensions

- Terminations

You can use the mass change of customer data function to change the customer group, the price

group, and the customer procedure for monitoring in the business partner sales area data.

You can use the mass credit memo creation for complaints function to generate credit memos based

on complaints, either for specific orders or for all orders in a selected carrier route, truck route, or

geographical unit. In the case of renewal subscriptions, the credit memo can also be posted to the

liability account.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Page 224: Functionality EHP4 Final

224 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.14 ABC reporting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The following enhanced report functions are available for creating ABC reports:

- You can identify discount subscriptions according to the following new characteristics:

- Price group

- Customer group

- Sales promotion

- Gift

- Billing frequency

- Service type

- Postal code

- You can use the nth factor function to select each nth subscription randomly, based on a key date

and a specified factor n. You can further restrict selection of the relevant subscriptions according to

the following criteria:- Sales area

- Publication

- Delivery type

- Sales document type

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.15 Entering payments from head offices for stores

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 225: Functionality EHP4 Final

225 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

This function in contract accounts receivable and payable allows you to use payment lots to enter

and assign payments made by a head office for its stores for billing documents from SAP Product

Sales and Distribution for Media. Before you can use the function, you must specify the head office in

the business partner master data for the stores.

Pain Points:

Missing functions

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functions

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.16 Returns charge for carriers

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

If you perform shipping by home delivery in the shipping interface in periodical sales and distribution,

you can use this function in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media to generate debit memo

requests for the carrier in addition to the credit memo requests that are generated for the retailer

when releasing returns.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.2.17 Changing carriers in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 226: Functionality EHP4 Final

226 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

If you perform shipping by home delivery in the shipping interface in periodical sales and distribution,

you can use this function in SAP Product Sales and Distribution for Media to change the carrier

automatically in all relevant contracts. This approach is based on a scenario whereby the carrier also

works as a reseller and supplies retailers on the carrier route.

A change of carrier can be necessary in the following cases:

- Carrier hands in his notice

- Carrier route is restructured

- Carrier needs to be replaced, perhaps temporarily, due to illness

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.3 Media, Press Distribution 2 (BF: MED_PDEX_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enhanced and additional functionality for supporting end-to-end processes in the

areas of circulation management and press distribution.Early Adopters:

Press distributors and publishers

Headline:

Enhanced Functionality for Press Distribution

Business Benefits:

You can use this business function to plan and process sales and distribution of media products (such

as newspapers, magazines, books, CDs, DVDs, or promotional articles) reliably. New and enhanced

functions are available for newspaper and magazine publishers and press distribution (wholesale).

11.9.3.1 Extend distribution list

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 227: Functionality EHP4 Final

227 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

You can use the new functions to extend or restrict the number of points of sale that are to be

supplied for a media issue. You use these functions to extend the list of customers to be supplied if

the circulation figures or delivery quantity is unexpectedly high.

If you use SAP for Retail, you can use assortments to specify which points of sale are allowed for a

title.

You can start or end supply immediately on the customer's request in customer service.

The system displays the potential distribution options for a media issue in the planning process in

sales quantity planning. You can extend or restrict the customer distribution list directly.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.3.2 Event-based sales quantity planning

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Use of events has been enhanced and integrated in sales quantity planning. You classify an event

according to a variety of configurable criteria. You define the effect of each event on the sales

quantities. If the event then occurs, you apply the influencing criteria in sales quantity planning to a

media issue. That gives you a clear overview of the planned sales quantities and planned quantity

changes based on events. At the end of the life cycle of a media issue, you check the event used and,

if necessary, define unexpected events to correct the sales quantities. You can search for similar

events and use your influencing criteria for future issues in sales quantity planning.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.3.3 Configurable display of stock key figures

Page 228: Functionality EHP4 Final

228 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to group fields from stock and display them in the applications in press

distribution. The system displays the stock data that is relevant to the process step in question. You

can take the configured stock key figures into account, for example in purchase quantity planning, in

customer service, or when processing goods receipts or publisher returns.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.3.4 Recalls for customer groups

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can calculate separate recall dates and take them into account for predefined customer groups

(example: retail chains) when processing recalls of unsold copies

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.3.5 Planning issues due for shipping

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 229: Functionality EHP4 Final

229 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The new and enhanced functions give you an overview of the media issues that are due for shipping

and an option to release shipping for each media issue or supply cycle. If you plan media issues for

shipping after goods receipt, the system displays current stocks and weights, as well as the planned

delivery quantities. If there are differences in the figures, you can move parts of the delivery

quantities to other supply cycles. Complete planning by releasing the media issues for outbound

delivery or transferring an outbound delivery cycle to transportation planning.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.3.6 Transportation planning

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You use the transportation planning functions to specify which truck routes are served from a plant

and which vehicles are used. You can display the number of customers, media issues, and the weight

for each truck route during planning. The planning overview also contains details such as excess

weight and the assigned customers and issues for a truck route. If bottlenecks arise, you can use the

processing functions to move the customers from one truck route to another.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.3.7 Customer return check

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 230: Functionality EHP4 Final

230 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

You can use a return check procedure to define various checks for returns received from customers

in customizing. That means you can correct and release processing of locked customer returns

without having to postedit them manually.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.3.8 Role-specific process check

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to configure the media issue work list for various user roles. When doing so,

you can use specific views (for example, for plants, sales areas, or media issue basic data) according

to your requirements.

You can define the processing steps in media issue processing for specific roles. You can check key

figures across several process steps. When checking the processing status, you can change the

master data of the media issue and navigate to the required process steps.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.3.9 Media issue archiving

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to archive media issues. Archived media issues remain in the issue

sequence and are assigned the status of archived

Page 231: Functionality EHP4 Final

231 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Missing functionality

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4 Media, Advertising Management 2 (BF: MED_MAM_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enhanced functionality in advertising management to increase usability of the solution and user

satisfaction.

Additional functionality to support increased integration of revenue recognition and cost accounting.

Early Adopters:

Existing newspaper and magazine customers, with a special focus on customers in EMEA and APJ,

who use advertising management and strive to increase the usability of the solution

New customers in the newspaper and magazine segment who leverage enhancements to lower

implementation effort and duration

All customers who use revenue recognition functionality and want to use this functionality in

conjunction with profit center postings

Headline:

Enhanced and Additional Functionality for Advertising Management

Business Benefits:

You can use this business function to apply differentiated revenue account assignment to cost

accounting objects for combined booking units. A significant number of functions that make

advertising management more user-friendly are also available: booking of advertising sales zones,

mass charge-off of receivables, conversion of units of measurement, credit card authorization, order

deadline checks, booking of online orders, pricing, entry of sort words, contract determination, sales

agent assignment, order blocking, editing of manual condition types, and assignment of cost

accounting objects.

11.9.4.1 Maintain business partner texts

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 232: Functionality EHP4 Final

232 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

You can use this function to add texts to the business partner master data and then log notes and

comments. A user can be assigned read-only or write authorization here. A change history is also

available.

Pain Points:

Difficult to maintain additional information about the business partner (BP). Missing info about the

BP can cause errors.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality

Target Group:

Sales agent and financial manager

11.9.4.2 Use default values to generate the credit master data record for media

customers

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use default values to generate the credit master data record for media customers

Pain Points:

Missing functionality inhibits better control of the sales process and can lead to losses.

Business Benefits:

Additional functionality provides increased transparency of the sales process to prevent losses.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.3 Sales agent assignment using the new requirement types

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Sales agent assignment using the new requirement types design type and item category

Pain Points:

Limited flexibility in assigning agents to orders. Customer implementation increases TCO.

Business Benefits:

Page 233: Functionality EHP4 Final

233 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Higher flexibility in configuration to assign agent contracts to orders. Lowering TCO by avoiding

customer-specific enhancements.

Target Group:

Sales administrator

11.9.4.4 Reassign sales agent contracts

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to divide requirements or requirement elements or both and copy them

into other sales agent contracts.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality for mass transactions. High repeatable effort in maintaining master data.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality decreases costs for maintaining master data.

Target Group:

Sales administrator

11.9.4.5 Order block for advertisers and agencies

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to prevent creation of orders for defined agency and advertiser

combinations. You can continue to create orders that this agency places for other advertisers or this

advertiser issues using a different agency.

Pain Points:

Missing control of sales process.

Business Benefits:

Additional and more specific control of sales processes

Target Group:

Sales agent and sales administrator

11.9.4.6 Enhance agency orders

Page 234: Functionality EHP4 Final

234 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to transfer the business partner number for the advertiser for an agency to

the store account number field in the accounting document segment (table BSEG) and therefore use

standard reports and functions to select open items for a specific advertiser for an agency or an

agency for specific advertisers.

Pain Points:

Inadequate view of the advertiser-agency relationship in the end-to-end process. Less control of

sales process.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality provides a better view and control of the advertiser-agency relationship level

Target Group:

Sales manager and financial manager

11.9.4.7 Search helps for an advertiser and an agency when maintaining

contracts

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Search helps for an advertiser for an agency and an agency for an advertiser when creating and

changing contracts.

Pain Points:

Inefficient usability to maintain data causes additional efforts.

Business Benefits:

Decreasing costs by improved usability.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.8 Assign several condition types to a billing dataset

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 235: Functionality EHP4 Final

235 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Assign several condition types to a billing dataset that can come from several different scale-base

contracts.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality for specific business models causes increased TCO due to customer-specific

enhancements.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality lowers TCO.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.9 Assign cost center and profit center to booking units

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Assign cost center and profit center to booking units

Pain Points:

Missing transparency and control of business processes.

Business Benefits:

Enhancing transparency and control of business processes.

Target Group:

Sales administrator, sales manager, and controller

11.9.4.10 Automated mass charge-off of open items from FI-AR

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Automated mass charge-off of open items (smallest amounts and unrecoverable receivables) from

accounts receivable accounting (FI-AR)

Pain Points:

Page 236: Functionality EHP4 Final

236 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Insufficient support for mass transactions causes additional effort

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality for mass transaction reduces costs in maintaining data

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.11 Bundling of credit card authorization and delta authorization

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use these functions to bundle billing datasets for authorization of credit cards, and if a

change is made to the order, you can restrict the authorization of credit cards to the difference

amount (delta authorization).

Pain Points:

Insufficient usability causes additional efforts in maintaining sales data. Additional costs for a third

party caused by incoherent authorization processes.

Business Benefits:

Lower costs for maintaining data and third-party authorization costs

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.12 Change the technical content component for unpublished schedule

lines

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Change the technical content component for unpublished schedule lines even if a schedule line for

the item has already been published.

Pain Points:

Little flexibility in sales process.

Business Benefits:

Page 237: Functionality EHP4 Final

237 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Additional flexibility in sales process increases customer satisfaction.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.13 Change advertiser industry sector manually

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can change the industry sector defined on the advertiser screen. In items that have several

advertisers, you can assign advertisers to different industry sectors. You can also use the industry

sector for price calculation, reporting, sales agent determination, and contract determination.

Pain Points:

Little flexibility in maintaining orders decreases transparency and control of the sales process

Business Benefits:

Enhanced flexibility increases transparency and control of the sales process

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.14 Extended order processing in the customer interaction center (CIC)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can cancel ad items, select a predefined ad size rather than entering the ad size, and display the

ad content in the technical editor used to design classified ads (IS-M/AMC) using a hotspot.

Pain Points:

Insufficient usability is source of errors

Business Benefits:

Better usability decreases errors and increases customer satisfaction

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.15 Contract determination using specific attributes

Page 238: Functionality EHP4 Final

238 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The element in a contract requirement means that a contract assignment to a billing dataset in an ad

order is created only if the following attributes match, the minimum size of the ad is reached, and

the maximum size of the ad is not exceeded:

- Customer price group

- Booking unit price group

- Issue variant type

- Positioning

- Industry sector

Pain Points:

Specific business models can be implemented by custom specific enhancements only, which

increases TCO.

Business Benefits:

Lowering TCO by enhanced functionality.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.16 Copy manual condition types

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can copy all manual condition types, including those that were inserted on the condition screen

directly and those that result from discounts and surcharges. Pricing is not repeated when the

condition types are copied.

Pain Points:

Insufficient usability is source of errors and creates additional effort to maintain data.

Business Benefits:

Better usability lowers costs and reduces errors. Increases customer satisfaction.

Page 239: Functionality EHP4 Final

239 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.17 Display public holiday information in the ad schedule line and in

pricing.

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Display public holiday information in the ad schedule line and in pricing.

Pain Points:

Specific business models can be implemented by custom specific enhancements only, which

increases TCO.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality lowers TCO.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.18 Transfer selected intermediate documents (IDocs) to partners using

filters

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Transfer selected intermediate documents (IDocs) to partners using filters.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality causes increased TCO.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality lowers TCO.

Target Group:

Sales administrator and system engineer

11.9.4.19 Check of ad dimensions during order processing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 240: Functionality EHP4 Final

240 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

During order processing, you can check to see if the ad dimensions correspond to the defined rules

(minimum and maximum rules).

Pain Points:

Little control of the sales process causes losses and decreased customer satisfaction due to errors.

Business Benefits:

Better usability allows better control of the sales process.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.20 Increase the maximum number of contract in a client

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Since you can now use alphanumeric contract numbers along with to purely numeric contract

numbers, the number of contracts in each client is no longer restricted to one million in each client.

Pain Points:

Little flexibility in the sales process. The media sector uses business models in which it is not possible

to decide whether a discount is to be granted for the sales volumes achieved until the end of the

calendar month. The use of contracts previously supported these business models, but did not avoid

the restriction in the actual system

implementation that you could only create a million contracts for each client.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality allows higher flexibility to map specific business models.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.21 Publication calendar for online items

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Page 241: Functionality EHP4 Final

241 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

You can use this function to book individual or consecutive publication dates for specific online items.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality prevents mapping specific sales requirements efficiently.

Business Benefits:

Additional pricing and placement models are supported by enhanced functionality.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.22 Specify a time slice for online items

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Specify a time slice for online items that defines the publication start and end of the banner.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality prevents mapping specific business models.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality allows users to implement new business models in online ad sales.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.23 Online up-selling

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to make the indicator for the Web publication modifiable in the order and

pricing.

Pain Points:

Missing flexibility for existing sales and business models requires manual work and additional effort.

Business Benefits:

Page 242: Functionality EHP4 Final

242 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Better usability provides increased flexibility and avoids errors in the sales process, which increases

customer satisfaction

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.24 Remote check blocking advertising management orders

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

RFC-enabled function module ISM_ORDER_ENQUEUE_CHECK to check the blocking of advertising

management orders.

Pain Points:

Missing technical capabilities increase TCO.

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality lowers TCO and reduces errors in production process, which prevents further

effort.

Target Group:

Sales agent and production manager

11.9.4.25 New fields for order pricing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

New fields for order pricing

Pain Points:

Increased need for flexible pricing cannot be supported efficiently and increases TCO.

Business Benefits:

Higher flexibility to map specific pricing models. New functionality lowers TCO.

Target Group:

Sales agent and sales manager

Page 243: Functionality EHP4 Final

243 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.9.4.26 Optimize performance for creating or changing media-specific

business objects

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Optimized performance for creating or changing media-specific business objects

Pain Points:

Poor performance prevents users from implementing complex business models, especially in digital

ad sales

Business Benefits:

Improved performance allows users to implement complex business models.

Target Group:

Sales agent and sales manager

11.9.4.27 Define default advertiser price groups from the payer or advertiser

master data

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Define default advertiser price groups from the payer or advertiser master data

Pain Points:

Limited usability, flexibility, and automation in pricing prevents to implement more sophisticated

pricing models.

Business Benefits:

Better usability and higher flexibility allows users to achieve coherent pricing and increase customer

satisfaction with simultaneous increases in sales control

Target Group:

Sales agent and sales manager

11.9.4.28 Extended series pricing rule

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Page 244: Functionality EHP4 Final

244 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

Extended series pricing rule for defining the number of weekdays required in the series.

Pain Points:

Specific business and pricing models can be implemented only by custom and specific enhancements,

which increases TCO

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality lowers TCO by providing the capability to map specific pricing models with

standard means. New pricing models can attract additional customers and increase revenues.

Target Group:

Sales agent and sales manager

11.9.4.29 Check the ad content after the booking unit or content component is

changed

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function when a manual change is made to trigger a new check of the ad content

(style and design options according to the booking unit and content component)

Pain Points:

Missing functionality causes errors, which can damage the public image of the publisher and legal

problems

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality prevents errors and avoids potential legal trials

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.30 Rounding the actual height

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 245: Functionality EHP4 Final

245 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

This function provides rounding rules that you can use according to the combination of booking unit,

business content component, design ad type, and unit of measurement to define the values to be

rounded up or down

Pain Points:

Missing usability in pricing means a lack of transparency for customers

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality increases transparency for advertisers and agencies and simplifies internal

control. Customer satisfaction increases.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.31 Creation of weekday-dependent zones

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to assign ad orders for defined ad sales zones to the publication dates on

available weekdays.

Pain Points:

Inefficient usability causes errors and increases effort

Business Benefits:

Better usability accelerates sales processes and decreases costs. Errors can be avoided, which

increases customer satisfaction.

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.32 Enhancements to sort word generation

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to generate sort words using predefined rules that you implement using

function modules or transfer to downstream technical systems (such as pagination).

Pain Points:

Manual work causes unnecessary effort

Page 246: Functionality EHP4 Final

246 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality automates the sales process and decreases costs and errors

Target Group:

Sales agent

11.9.4.33 Divide the ad size between several advertisers

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Divide the ad size between several advertisers as a percentage or an absolute value in the price-

relevant unit of measurement.

Pain Points:

Less flexibility to map business models efficiently

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality provides increased flexibility to control specific business models better

Target Group:

Sales agent and sales manager

11.9.4.34 Convert units of measurement for ad sizes

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

This function provides conversion rules that you can use according to the combination of booking

unit, business content component, design ad type, and target unit of measurement involved to

define how to perform conversion to the target unit of measurement

Pain Points:

Limited ability to compare the sales of different products decreases transparency in the business

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality provides additional transparency for customers and better control of the

business

Target Group:

Sales agent and sales manager

Page 247: Functionality EHP4 Final

247 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.9.4.35 Enhancement for checking the order deadline

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

This function provides different offsets for creating, changing, and canceling an order for which you

can define access sequences in customizing. The order deadline is displayed as an offset in days to

the publication date and as a time.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality for specific control of the sales and production process. Little flexibility in

deadline management.

Business Benefits:

Additional control of the sales and production process reduces errors and provides more flexibility.

Deadlines can be optimized, which can lead to increased revenue.

Target Group:

Sales agent and sales manager

11.9.4.36 Differentiated revenue and accruals account assignment

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use this function to post accrual amounts for different cost accounting objects to basic

booking units even if only one specific account is involved.

Pain Points:

Missing functionality for supporting end-to-end processes causes additional manual effort

Business Benefits:

Enhanced functionality for supporting commercial end-to-end processes reduces errors and supports

compliance

Target Group:

Financial manager, controller, and sales manager

11.10 SAP for Mill Products

11.10.1 Mill Functionalities for Mining (BF: /SAPMP/GEN_MILLFUNC -

EhP: 4)

Page 248: Functionality EHP4 Final

248 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

Selected mill functionalities are made available for selected SAP for Mining customers (combined mill

and mining companies, primarily in China and Russia)

Early Adopters:

- Customers who are running mining and mill operations and want to have only one system

- Focus customers are mainly companies that are running primary metals operations (steel and

aluminum) along with their mining business

Headline:

Reduce TCO by Providing Mining Customers with Mill Functionalities in the Same System: Make a

Second Installation Unnecessary

Business Benefits:

- Elimination of the need to run two separate systems for the mill and mining businesses

- Enablement of seamless integration of SAP ERP, SAP APO, and an external optimizer for trim orders

- Increased user productivity by entering characteristics on one main screen in sales orders

- Reduced number of material numbers by enabling configurable material variants

11.10.1.1 Fast data entry of variant configuration in production order

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Allows users to enter, change, and display variant configuration for multiple production order items

in an item overview screen

Pain Points:

- Complex user interaction to switch to configuration screen per item

- No single screen overview of variant configuration across multiple items

Business Benefits:

- Improved usability and a better overview when working with production orders with multiple

configured items

Target Group:

Production planner, production supervisor, and MRP Controller working SAP ERP production orders

11.10.1.2 Fast data entry of variant configuration in SAP ERP sales order

Page 249: Functionality EHP4 Final

249 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Fast data entry significantly improves handling of variant configuration across multiple document

items.

- Fast data entry allows users to enter 10 characteristics from variant configuration in the item

overview screen of the SAP ERP sales document.

- Characteristics can be grouped in customizing into characteristic displays that can be selected in the

SAP ERP sales document.

- Fast data entry allows users to define global and local document items. Changes of configuration in

global items can be directly inherited to all related local items.

Pain Points:

- Complicated user interaction when the user has to configure multiple sales document items; user

needs to switch from overview screen to configuration screen for each item.

- No overview in one screen on the variant configuration of multiple items.

Business Benefits:

- Faster and simplified entry of configured sales document items

- Overview in one screen and inheritance across items to avoid typos and errors

Target Group:

Sales representative working with SD transactions in SAP ERP

11.10.1.3 Multi-item production order and trim optimization interface (TOI)

order

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Allows production orders with multiple production order items

- Flexible quantity calculation from production order items (coproducts) to production order header

- Enable SAP ERP to receive SAP APO production orders created through the SAP APO trim

optimization interface

Pain Points:

-Limited capabilities of SAP ERP production orders when working with multiple item orders and

massive coproduction (example: steel industry)

Page 250: Functionality EHP4 Final

250 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

- Reduced scrap and setup times by connecting an external trim optimizer to SAP APO

- Improved flexibility for industries with coproduction

Target Group:

Production planner, MRP controller, and production supervisor working with SAP ERP production

orders

11.10.1.4 Make-to-stock production with configurable products

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Ability to create production orders for configurable products (KMAT) and configurable variants in a

make-to-stock scenario.

- Ability to create and change variant configuration of such production orders.

Pain Points:

- Make-to-stock production is possible only for fully configured variants. In certain industries, the

amount of possible characteristics combinations does not allow users to define a fully configured

variant for each combination.

- Production of configurable products is possible only in make-to-order.

Business Benefits:

- Reduced amount of material master data

- Increased flexibility to reassign stocks to specific customer demands

- Enablement of postponement strategies and late order decoupling point (handover from MTS to

MTO as late as possible)

Target Group:

Production planners, MRP controllers, and production supervisors working with SAP ERP production

orders

11.10.2 Configurable MTS with Individual Batch Valuation (BF:

/SAPMP/PP_CMTSBVAL - EhP: 4)

Description:

Configurable make-to-stock (MTS) with individual batch valuation.

Page 251: Functionality EHP4 Final

251 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Core SAP software enables individual batch valuation only in a make-to-order (MTO) scenario, but

mill companies also require this capability in an MTS scenario.

Early Adopters:

Customer in the mill products industry with a high number of characteristic combinations who needs

to work with configurable products in a make-to-stock scenario but also needs precise material

valuation and profitability reporting

Headline:

Precise Material Valuation and Profitability Reporting in a Make-To-Stock Scenario with Configurable

Products Through Individual Batch Valuation

Business Benefits:

Increased flexibility and interchangeability in supply-chain planning through customer-driven make-

to-stock with configurable products

- Now allows changes for costing-relevant characteristics while providing precise material valuation

and profitability

11.10.2.1 Make-to-stock for configurable products with individual batch

valuation

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Goods receipt for the production orders valuates stocks using the production order cost estimate

- Production order costs based on valuations of component batches rather than on standard prices

- Support of cross-plant stock transfers for such a process

- User guidance and process consistency through improved status management and status overview

report

Pain Points:

- Multilevel production of configurable products created a conflict between production planning and

costing

- Correct accounting (product costing and valuation) only if all levels of production are in the

customer segment

- Production planners prefer to produce configurable products to stock to provide more flexibility

Business Benefits:

- Improved accounting transparency (product costing and stock valuation) and support for supply

chain flexibility: requirements for production planning

Page 252: Functionality EHP4 Final

252 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Production planners, MRP controllers, production supervisors, and controllers

SAP for Mining

11.11.1 Commodity Management and Bulk Transports (BF:

LOG_COMMODITY_TRANSPORT_MGMT_4 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Combines the existing functionalities of three-way pegging and stock projection worksheet into one

transaction using a Web Dynpro user interface

Early Adopters:

Customers who have to plan the transport of commodities interactively, need to see the stock

projection, and schedule quantities simultaneously in one transaction

Headline:

Increase Usability for Transportation Planning and Stock Information with One Transaction

Business Benefits:

- Only one transaction instead of two

- Real-time update of changed scheduled transport in stock projection

- Multistock and multilocation stock projection for better visibility

- User-friendly interface

- Flexibility for users to change layout

11.11.1.1 Web transaction to combine scheduling and stock information and

plan transports

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Ability for users to plan and create distribution schedules for transports combining demand and

supply items with vehicles

- Items to be scheduled and stock information are visible in the same transaction

- Planning can be done either in a three-way pegging tab or from the stock projection worksheet by

just entering or changing quantities in columns; the system will create simulated distribution

schedules

Page 253: Functionality EHP4 Final

253 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Changes don't need to be saved to be seen on the other tab

- Calculation of available capacity on the fly when data changes

- Undo and redo functionality

Pain Points:

- Many customers use spreadsheets or multiple systems

- Current transaction is not very user-friendly

Business Benefits:

- Transportation planning is an iterative process. Having all information on one place saves time.

- Impact of interactive scheduling changes on inventory situation can be seen immediately without

prior saving.

Target Group:

Users who are involved into the scheduling and planning of transports of bulk materials.\

11.11.1.2 Flexible selection and easy adoption to user's needs

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / New Capability

Description:

- General selection of various criteria possible, additional and different selection criteria can be used

for the individual tab strips, for example different date ranges for the general selection and for the

stock projection worksheet tab

- Additional selection criteria can be added

- User can change in user-dependent setting the layout by adding, hiding, or moving columns

- Layout of the graphics can be changed

- Flexible aggregation and disaggregation of inventory data in stock projection worksheet tab strips

Pain Points:

- Currently, SAP Trader's and Scheduler's Workbench does not allow flexible selection and

aggregation and disaggregation

- Currently limited user-dependent layout capabilities

Business Benefits:

Increased user acceptance

Target Group:

Page 254: Functionality EHP4 Final

254 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Users who are involved into the scheduling and planning of transports of bulk materials.

11.11.1.3 Freightliner offer to maintain schedules, routes, and stages of vehicles

easily

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- A nomination type and view can be used to maintain vehicle-relevant schedules (routes, stages, and

dates)

- Data will be visible in the transport available section in three-way pegging (SAP Trader's and

Scheduler's Workbench and dynamic scheduling)

- Relevant dates will be copied into distribution schedules

- Use of freightliner offers cannot be maintained any longer

Pain Points:

Currently, customers have to maintain customer tables and customer-exits to manage vehicle

schedule information

Business Benefits:

Reduced implementation and customization effort

Target Group:

Users who are involved into the scheduling and planning of transports of bulk materials

11.12 SAP for Oil & Gas

11.12.1 Joint Venture Cutback Reverse (BF: JVA_CUTB_REVERSE - EhP:

4)

Description:

The reversal of all joint venture accounting cutback postings in a period in FI and the reset of cutback

ledger 4E/4F for the period to zero. The reversal of all cutback postings with selection inception to

date in FI and the reset of cutback ledger 4E/4F for the period to zero.

Early Adopters:

Customers operating joint ventures and using joint-venture accounting

Headline:

Reverse All Cutback Postings (Documents) in a Period in FI and Reset Cutback Total Ledger 4E

Page 255: Functionality EHP4 Final

255 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

It facilitates the reversal of the results of all cutback postings in case of errors in a period. It resets

the cutback ledger 4E and 4F to zero for this period. A correction with the selection criteria for

inception to date is also possible.

11.12.1.1 Joint venture cutback reversal

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

It automatically corrects reversals in FI and at the same time corrects the 4E cutback ledger. The

correction would be for one period at a time, but a correction with the selection criteria of inception

to date is also possible.

Pain Points:

The correction of incorrect cutback postings (documents and JVA ledger)

Business Benefits:

It facilitates reversal of the results of all cutback postings in case of errors in a period

Target Group:

All current and future JVA customers

11.13 SAP for Public Sector

11.13.1 PSCD, Collections and Correspondence Management (BF:

PSCD_COLLECTIONS_MANAGEMENT_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

New functionality for managing correspondence in the interaction center, champion and challenger

collection strategies, enhanced revenue distribution, and fund accounting.

Early Adopters:

Public services agencies collecting taxes or other revenues

Headline:

Improve Collections and Account Receivable Processes

Business Benefits:

Improve collections

Automate distribution processes

Page 256: Functionality EHP4 Final

256 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.13.1.1 Fund accounting integration

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

FM derivation and update: as of IS-PS-CA 604, the reconciliation account is replaced in FM derivation

by the general ledger account that results from account determination.

Grant-enabled FICA: the grant field can be used as input field in posting of FICA documents by using

transaction FPE1.

GM update: as of IS-PS-CA 604, the order, cost center, and WBS element are made available in the

GM update for the receivable or payable line(s) coming from FICA.

Splitting of business partner lines: as of IS-PS-CA 604, the user can enter one business partner line

and more than one general ledger line: the system splits the business partner line into as many lines

as there are general ledger lines in the document.

Pain Points:

Reporting according to fund accounting regulations

Business Benefits:

Enhanced reporting capabilities

Target Group:

Accountants

11.13.1.2 Enhanced revenue distribution

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Consider distribution rates when distributing revenues, open items, and unassigned payments to

final recipients

Pain Points:

Revenue agencies have to distribute revenues to final recipients automatically

Business Benefits:

The new features allow revenue agencies to automate the distribution of revenues

Target Group:

Revenue agencies

Page 257: Functionality EHP4 Final

257 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.13.1.3 Define champion and challenger collection strategies

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The new feature allows collection agencies to define test series for champion and challenger

collection strategies. For a certain percentage of your champion collection strategies, you can define

challenger strategies, which are then assigned to the master data groups.

Pain Points:

Collection agencies are constantly looking for options to improve their collection activities

Business Benefits:

The new features allow collection agencies to test their current collection strategies against alternate

collection approaches. If the challenger strategy is more successful, the collection agency can replace

the current champion strategy to improve collections.

Target Group:

Collection agencies

11.13.1.4 Manage correspondence in interaction center

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Configure correspondence types

Compose outbound correspondence

Provide document management services

Pain Points:

Depending on its collection procedures, a collection agency needs to maintain various

correspondence types

Business Benefits:

The new features allow collection agencies to set up new correspondence types for collection

purposes flexibly and use them in the context of collections management

Target Group:

Collection agencies

Page 258: Functionality EHP4 Final

258 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.13.1.5 Enhancements for installment plans

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Calculate interest at creation of an installment plan

Pain Points:

Automatic calculation of interest at creation of an installment plan was impossible

Business Benefits:

Improve usability

Automate business processes

Target Group:

Revenue agencies

11.13.1.6 Enhancements for business partner locks

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

You can set preconfigured end dates for business locks considering the authorization concept at

creation of business locks

Pain Points:

Manual setting of end dates

Business Benefits:

Automate business processes

Target Group:

Revenue agencies

New mass activity for credit card payments

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Process credit card payments automatically using new mass activity

Page 259: Functionality EHP4 Final

259 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Missing mass activity for credit card payments

Business Benefits:

Automate business processes

Target Group:

Revenue agencies

11.13.1.8 Group items for automatic clearing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

At automatic clearing, you can group selected items

Pain Points:

No group of items in automatic clearing

Business Benefits:

Improve usability

Target Group:

Revenue agencies

11.13.1.9 New features for mass activities

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

In mass activities you can predefine a preselection, use generic variants and configure log classes

Pain Points:

Usability of mass activities

Business Benefits:

Improve usability of mass activities

Automate business processes

Target Group:

Page 260: Functionality EHP4 Final

260 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Revenue agencies

11.13.1.10 Ledger groups for doubtful receivables

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

You can use ledger groups for doubtful receivables

Pain Points:

No ledger groups for doubtful receivables

Business Benefits:

Improve usability

Target Group:

Revenue agencies

11.13.1.11 New archiving objects

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

You can archive revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents

Pain Points:

No archiving of revenue distribution and doubtful receivables documents

Business Benefits:

Reduce TCO

Target Group:

Revenue agencies

11.13.1.12 New extractors to SAP NetWeaver BI

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

You can extract the payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI

Page 261: Functionality EHP4 Final

261 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

No extraction of payment and returns history to SAP NetWeaver BI

Business Benefits:

Better decisions through enhanced analytics capabilities

Target Group:

Revenue agencies

11.13.2 PSM, Cash-Basis Accounting and Cash Flow Reporting (BF:

PSM_FA_CASH - EhP: 4)

Description:

Enables users to generate a cash-basis view on accounting by means of a separate cash ledger or a

cash flow reporting by an additional splitting characteristic in the accrual ledger. Both features, cash

ledger and cash flow reporting, are integral parts of the new general ledger (G/L).

Early Adopters:

- Public sector customers with a need to generate a cash-basis view of accounting

- Public sector customers with a need to generate cash flow reporting in financial accounting

Headline:

Enable a Cash-Basis View or Cash Flow Reporting in Financial Accounting

Business Benefits:

- Enables users to establish cash-basis accounting via the new cash ledger functionality in addition to

the traditional accrual accounting that is already available in the general ledger environment

- Enables cash flow reporting by source accounts

- Both features, cash ledger and cash flow reporting, are integral parts of the new general ledger

11.13.2.1 Cash-basis accounting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Users can establish cash-basis accounting by means of a separate cash ledger.

- The cash ledger is a complete, balanced set of accounts required by and maintained for cash-basis

accounting. It realizes expenses and revenue only at the time cash is paid or received.

- Typically, the only accounts posted to in cash-basis accounting are cash and profit-and-loss

accounts.

Page 262: Functionality EHP4 Final

262 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- The cash ledger is an integral part of the new general ledger. It is a nonleading ledger in the new

general ledger environment. Cash-basis accounting in the sense of this solution always needs a

leading accrual ledger.

- Migration tools for a subsequent introduction of cash-basis accounting are available.

Pain Points:

- For certain public sector customers, cash-basis accounting is the legally required view of the books

- Before the cash ledger, the general ledger offered only an accrual view in accounting

Business Benefits:

- This solution fulfills the requirement for legal cash-basis accounting

- The cash ledger ensures that expenses and revenues are realized only when cash is paid or received

Target Group:

Public sector customers who require or are interested in establishing cash-basis accounting

11.13.2.2 Cash flow reporting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Cash flow reporting provides readers with information about the sources of cash raised during the

period, the purpose for which cash was used, and the cash balance on the reporting date.

- Enables users to report cash flows by source account (such as expense, revenue, taxes, and

inventory)

- Reporting of the combination of cash clearing accounts and source accounts is also an option.

- Cash flow reporting is an integral part of the new general ledger.

- Cash flow reporting in terms of this solution is based on an accrual ledger and does not require an

additional (cash) ledger.

Pain Points:

- Requirements to report cash flows by source accounts and balancing entities

Business Benefits:

- Cash flow reporting requirements are fulfilled

- Implementation of an additional (cash) ledger is unnecessary. Cash flow reporting is based on an

accrual ledger (reduced data volume)

Page 263: Functionality EHP4 Final

263 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Public sector customers who need cash flow reporting by source account; accountants

11.13.3 PSM, Fund Accounting (BF: PSM_FA_CI - EhP: 4)

Description:

Continuous improvements for fund accounting in the areas of:

- Financial reporting

- Management accounting

- Financial operations

Early Adopters:

Public sector customers using or implementing fund accounting

Headline:

Improvements for Fund Accounting in Financial Reporting, Management Accounting, and Financial

Operations

Business Benefits:

Continued enhancements enabling customers to improve the use of fund accounting functionality

11.13.3.1 Functional area as balancing entity

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

This feature offers an option to define the functional area as document splitting characteristics for

general ledger accounting (-> balancing entity)

Pain Points:

Without this feature, it was impossible for public sector customers to create balance sheets by

functional area with the available standard new general ledger scenarios

Business Benefits:

Public sector customers using the new general ledger can create balance sheets by functional area

Target Group:

Public sector customers who need to create balance sheets by functional area

11.13.3.2 Average daily balance-based allocations

Page 264: Functionality EHP4 Final

264 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- This functionality allocates amounts from one account assignment (the pool assignment) to other

account assignments (the individual assignments) based on average actual balance information from

the general ledger.

- It is possible to define the balancing entity (fund, grant, and so on) on which the cost or interest

allocation is done.

- It is possible to define the pool of common investments from which the distribution of costs and

earnings is posted. Several rules can be set up in parallel.

- A report will create the distribution postings according to the rules.

- Available in an environment where the new general ledger accounting with its document split

functionality is active

- Based on a nonleading daily ledger

Pain Points:

In a centralized treasury, you typically make investments for different funds, but the investment is

carried out as a whole for a pool fund. However, you might want and need to assign the costs and

the income of the investment, for example the interests and fees, to each fund that participates in

the investment individually.

Business Benefits:

- You can distribute the revenues or expenses earned for a pooled cash investment back to the

members of the pool

- The distribution of the amounts earned or expensed of the pooled investment to the individual

account assignment elements is based on the average daily balance of the elements in the pool

- Simplified creation of a daily balance ledger

Target Group:

Treasury in a public sector organization

11.13.3.3 Partial payment by balancing entity

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 265: Functionality EHP4 Final

265 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

With the new functionality of partial payment by general ledger entity (typically: partial payment per

fund), you can pay invoices that are financed by several expense lines partially per expense

characteristic

Pain Points:

The amount paid is not spread over all the account assignments involved, but related only to the

expense line for which the payment is carried out

Business Benefits:

- Enables the end user to manage a partial payment and specify the exact general ledger entity for

which the expense will be accounted

- System control: the partial payment for one entity does not exceed the proportion of the

underlying invoice

Target Group:

Accounts payable user

11.13.3.4 Partner fund as entry field in FI transactions

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Partner fund and partner grant are included as entry fields (table control) in FI transactions (e.g.

FB50) as additional fields.

- These entities are also included in the field status and can be set up there. They can be maintained

as hidden, optional, or mandatory.

Pain Points:

- Missing traceability of object and partner object information in FI line items

Business Benefits:

- Traceability of object and partner object information for the account assignments fund and grant in

FI line items

Target Group:

Accountants

11.13.3.5 FM update by depreciation run under modified accrual

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Page 266: Functionality EHP4 Final

266 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

- This functionality allows users to distinguish between full accrual and modified accrual accounting

in asset accounting.

- This distinction is modeled via a second depreciation area for modified accrual accounting with

100% depreciation at the first run.

- Funds management can be updated by asset depreciation so that FI and funds management remain

reconciled for both full and modified accrual.

Pain Points:

Reporting on a full and modified accrual basis

- Under full accrual accounting, long-term assets are depreciated over their useful life, with the

assets and accumulated depreciation reported on the balance sheet.

- Under modified accrual, long-term assets are shown as capital expenses when incurred. They are

reported in a separate account group, with no depreciation reported.

Business Benefits:

- Reporting on a full and modified accrual basis for assets is now easily achievable

- FI and funds management remain reconciled for both full and modified accrual

Target Group:

Public sector customers who are required to report on a full and modified accrual basis; asset

accountants

11.13.3.6 Asset migration for fund accounting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- This feature supports the implementation of fund accounting for asset management when you

implement the new general ledger accounting at the same time.

- Central steps are the asset mass transfer, whereby asset master records are supplemented with the

information on the fund, and the balance carry-forward posting from asset accounting per balancing

unit, which creates the opening balance for asset values per fund.

- Based on new general ledger migration

Pain Points:

Public sector customers implementing fund accounting are not provided with standard migration

tools to adjust their existing asset data

Page 267: Functionality EHP4 Final

267 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

- Standard migration tools concerning asset management for an implementation of fund accounting

are provided

Target Group:

Accountants, asset accountants, and system administrators

11.13.3.7 Enhancements CO-FM integration

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

1. Several new CO reports that allow selecting for fund, grant, and functional area. A drilldown

according to those entities is offered within the reports.

2. Call of FMDERIVE in CO planning transactions can now be controlled by a BADI. In this BADI

customer can implement check mode for FMDERIVE by specific planning business transaction.

Pain Points:

Prior to this new functionality, there was no standard report that allowed users to select and to

report by fund, grant, and functional area. Having reports and variants that include these entities

always implied manual effort (during demo, test, and implementation).

2. Performance of individual CO planning transactions was affected due to the lack of individual

control.

Business Benefits:

1. The new reports will contribute to reducing the total cost of ownership of the fund accounting

scenario at the customer site and speed up its implementation

2. Improved performance

Target Group:

Fund accounting customers using the controlling component

11.13.3.8 Extraction of new general ledger

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- The line item extractor for new general ledger accounting to extract documents from the leading

ledger in new general ledger accounting for SAP NetWeaver BI reporting (0FI_GL_14) is now

enhanced for the following public sector fields:

Page 268: Functionality EHP4 Final

268 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Financial management area (FIKRS)

- Fund (GEBER)

- Grant (GRANT_NBR)

- Partner fund (PGEBER)

- Partner grant (PGRANT_NBR)

- FM: budget period (BUDGET_PD)

- FM: partner budget period (PBUDGET_PD)

Pain Points:

- Before this enhancement, the public sector fields were unavailable for SAP NetWeaver BI reporting

Business Benefits:

- The public sector fields are now available for SAP NetWeaver BI reporting

- Simplified reporting

Target Group:

Accountants and system administrators

11.13.3.9 Enhancements of the FM reconciliation tool for new general ledger

tables

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

New data providers have been provided for the reconciliation tool:

- General ledger provider (technical name FLGL)

- General ledger provider for planning data (technical name FGLP)

Pain Points:

In the past, customers using the new general ledger could not use the reconciliation tool to reconcile

data in the new general ledger with other existing data providers such as FM or CO.

Business Benefits:

Further completes the existing reconciliation tool and its use across multiple data sources

Target Group:

Customers in the public sector using the new general ledger

Page 269: Functionality EHP4 Final

269 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.13.4 PSM, Funds Management 2 (BF: PSM_FM_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Continuous improvements for funds management in the areas of:

- Master data

- Postings

- Updating

- Year-end closing

- Reporting

Early Adopters:

Public sector customers using or implementing funds management

Headline:

Improvements in Master Data, Postings, Updating, Year-End Closing, and Reporting in Funds

Management

Business Benefits:

Continued enhancements enabling customers to improve the use of funds management functionality

in the areas of:

- Master data

- Postings

- Updating

- Year-end closing

- Reporting

11.13.4.1 Enhancements for master data

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

1. Display of funded program in various transactions:

FI posting transactions, earmarked funds transactions, MM contract with commitment plan,

purchase requisition, purchase order, service entry sheet, goods movement, and LIV invoice

transactions.

Page 270: Functionality EHP4 Final

270 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

2.. Enhanced checking of allowed changes to funds management master data: when deleting or

changing funds management master data, additional system checks are performed to ensure data

integrity.

Pain Points:

1. Derived value for funded program was invisible in the past, and the posted value could be verified

only by reviewing the subsequent funds management document.

2.. Changes or deletion of funds management master data could lead to inconsistencies in actual

tables.

Business Benefits:

1. Better control over data entered

2..System integrity for funds management master data is improved

Target Group:

Public sector customers using the funded program dimension

11.13.4.2 Enhancements for requests

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

1.Request journal for the request search is now available on all request transactions

2.Withholding tax lines are now displayed in document overview of posted requests

3.The functional area field is available on all request screens

4. On the initial screen of a request transaction, the default values can transferred as fixed values for

the entire request

5. Posting date can be defined as changeable for preliminary requests

Pain Points:

1. The document selection button in the request transactions does not give the ALV list of the

document journal

2. Withholding tax information is not shown in the overview screen of a requests document

3. Functional area cannot be entered on the main screen of requests

4. Users can change the values from the entry screen in the request, which can cause incorrect data

in the request

5. Users cannot change the posting date in a preliminary request

Page 271: Functionality EHP4 Final

271 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

- Same look and feel in all request transactions for document selection

- Better control of data entered

Target Group:

Public sector customers using the request transactions

11.13.4.3 Enhancements for dunning

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

1. With the new functionality for dunning interest calculation, users can generate an Adobe form for

the notice about penalty surcharges when using report RFFMINTCALC. A sample form, FM_INTCALC,

is delivered for this purpose.

2. The new functionality of Interest Totaling for Private-Law Dunning Procedure concerns the rules

for calculation of the dunning interest to be applied by German public sector customers, if those

administrations use private law dunning. The development will enable a new interest calculation that

will aggregate all calculated interests for a set of related documents.

Pain Points:

1 No support for Adobe forms for the notice about penalty surcharges in report RFFMINTCALC.

2. System cannot handle changes of the interest rate within the period in which the

open claim was overdue.Business Benefits:

Increases flexibility and success in dunning procedures

Target Group:

All funds management customers who dun open claims

11.13.4.4 SWIFT code in payment transfer

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

With the new feature in the payment transfer transaction (FMITPO), users can maintain bank data,

including the SWIFT code and the IBAN code, during reimbursements.

Pain Points:

Page 272: Functionality EHP4 Final

272 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

User has additional effort when reimbursing if the customer's bank is not contained in the bank

master record.

Business Benefits:

Reimbursing can be done in one end-user's working step in case that the customer's bank is not

contained in the bank master record.

Target Group:

Public sector customers using the payment transfer transaction.

11.13.4.5 Earmarked funds - down payment integration

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Various improvements to the business process involving down payment and earmarked funds:

1. Alternate consumption logic for earmarked funds when multiple down payments and invoices are

recorded. Previously, documents where classified as relevant or not relevant based on which type of

document total was higher (down payments or invoices). Now, documents are all combined, and the

follow-on document reduces consumption of the previous document (additive consumption logic).

2. New transactions to simplify recording of down payment and down payment request against

earmarked funds.

3. Automatic reduction of down payment when invoice is received.

Pain Points:

Manual processes that lead to user errors and additional work are now automated

Business Benefits:

Significant time savings when recording documents. Simplified processes.

Target Group:

Accounts payable users

11.13.4.6 SD BAPIs with FM entities

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 273: Functionality EHP4 Final

273 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

This function offers the option to create or to change SD orders by calling BAPIs

BAPI_SALESORDER_CREATEFROMDAT2 and BAPI_SALESORDER_CHANGE and explicitly indicating the

budget key funds center, commitment item, fund and grant in the interface.

The implementations of the BAPIs contain the same checks for existence for funds management

entities and the same derivation logic that is implemented in SD transaction VA01 itself.

Pain Points:

Before this enhancement of the BAPIs, it was impossible to call the BAPIs and to indicate the funds

management budget address directly in the BAPIs' interface. Instead, the FM budget address was

derived by CO objects.

Business Benefits:

The creation or change of SD orders via BAPIs is now improved for handling funds management

account assignments

Target Group:

Public sector customers using SD orders

11.13.4.7 Extension of MM tolerance checking

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Document tolerance checking is supported for budget that is controlled by funds management. A

document tolerance check allows you to define tolerances that describe how much a purchase order

item is allowed to exceed the budget that has been assigned to the purchase requisition on which

the item is based. A new IMG activity is provided for this purpose. If the defined tolerance is

exceeded, the user is not allowed to save the purchase order.

Pain Points:

Prevent budget consumption in the purchase order beyond the values intended originally

Business Benefits:

Better budget control with document tolerance support

Target Group:

Budget control managers

11.13.4.8 Revaluation of open PO commitments

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Page 274: Functionality EHP4 Final

274 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

The function has an online and a mass processing feature.

The online capabilities allow changing the exchange rate of a purchase order and immediately

updating all open commitments of a PO correctly.

The mass processing feature allows selection of more than one PO depending on different criteria

like currency or account assignment. The exchange rate for the selected currency can be entered

manually or be derived by the system. A test run is available to compare the commitments before

and after the revaluation. In the update run, all POs will be changed and the commitments will be

updated online.

Pain Points:

Often customers, specially in the public sector, have to revaluate their PO commitments several

times a year with given exchange rates for different (foreign) currencies. This feature provides

several enhancements in the online update. The main enhancement is mass processing, which

allows handling of large amounts of POs automatically.

Business Benefits:

The business benefit for the customer is always having the right amount committed in the home

currency, regardless of the document currency, and being able to do mass updates on all relevant

POs for one currency. With this approach, budget execution is more precise, and the effort needed to

execute the needed revaluations is significantly reduced.

Target Group:

Purchasers (mainly the online function) and administrators (mass processing)

Update of paid credit memos

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

A new indicator, update credit memos, in the settings for the payment transfer (OF29_EH4) allows

users to control the update of cleared credit memos. If you set this indicator, cleared credit memos

are converted in the following manner for funds management:

- A reduction record with value type invoice (54) and the amount type reduction (0200)

- A payment record with value type payment (57) and amount type paid credit memo (0270)

Pain Points:

Before the introduction of the new indicator, users could not distinguish between the cash-relevant

and noncash-relevant FI clearings in funds management

Business Benefits:

Page 275: Functionality EHP4 Final

275 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

If activated, payments (cash-relevant) and other kinds of clearings will be distinguished in funds

management updating.

Target Group:

Accountants and budget officers

11.13.4.10 Parallelization of original payment selection (RFFMS200) function

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Original payment selection (RFFMS200) function is now enabled for parallel processing. Users can

define the number of parallel processes and, if necessary, the server.

Pain Points:

The payment selection transfers payments to funds management. Huge amounts of actual data

(invoices, credit memos, and down payments) can lead to long runtimes of the payment selection

program.

Business Benefits:

- Reduced runtime of the original payment selection (RFFMS200) function

Target Group:

Public sector customers who use the original payment selection (RFFMS200) function

11.13.4.11 Migration and enhancements for the online payment update

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Enables migration from the enhanced payment selection (RFFMS200) functions to the online

payment update in funds management

- If online payment update is activated, the system automatically defines the following fields as

document-splitting

characteristics: KNBELNR, VOBELNR, and FIPOS.

- Delivery of standard settings to enable online payment update for unassigned payments

Pain Points:

- Before the online payment update, payments were transferred via a batch job (payment

selection/RFFMS200) to funds management.

Page 276: Functionality EHP4 Final

276 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- If the payment selection has already been used, it must continue to be used. Up to now, data that

has already been posted has not been migrated.

Business Benefits:

- This feature offers tools to migrate from the enhanced payment selection (RFFMS200) functions to

the online payment update in funds management

- Existing customers already using the enhanced payment selection (RFFMS200) functions can move

to the online payment update in funds management

- Simplified configuration of the online payment update

Target Group:

Public sector customers who require the payment view in funds management

11.13.4.12 Enhancements for year-end closing

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

1. Message FICUSTOM190 can be used to define (for each user) whether the commitment carry-

forward can be reversed (FMJ3) to the previous fiscal year. 2. Cascaded parallel processing for

commitment carry-forward. 3. New business add-in (BAdI), FM_CCF_APPLIC_CUST, available to

update a table record in user-defined table for each line item or line subitem carried forward in the

commitment carry-forward. 4. A new specific transaction for clearing requests (F891B) allows users

to specify funds transfers in FI between a single sender and multiple receivers or vice versa. 5.

Extended fiscal year change of open items posted in FI-CA

Pain Points:

- Handling and recording of the commitment carry-forward in funds management

- Performance problems during the commitment carry-forward

- Incorrect data entries by end users during funds transfers in requests

- Missing functionality, like master data checking and reassignment for the fiscal year change of open

items posted in FI-CA

Business Benefits:

- Improved handling and traceability of the commitment carry-forward in funds management

- Reduced runtime of the commitment carry-forward if large amounts of data are processed

- Simplification, checking, and error prevention during funds transfers in requests

- Improved handling during the fiscal year change of open items posted in FI-CA

Page 277: Functionality EHP4 Final

277 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Target Group:

Budget offices and system administrators

11.13.4.13 Enhancements for reassignment

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

1. Support for version management in materials management (MM):

The reassignment of purchase orders and purchase requisitions in funds management now supports

version management in MM

2. Reassigning document chains:

With this new function, users can select chains of commitment documents and reassign them to a

new posting address (funds center, commitment item, and fund) in funds management. It offers:

- Selection of document chains for reassignment with various selection criteria

- Derivation strategy for deriving target posting addresses

- Interactive choice among derived target addressees

Pain Points:

- Missing traceability of changes caused by reassignments in MM

- Time-consuming reassignment processes

- Reassignment of document chains in funds management

Business Benefits:

- Changes caused by reassignments are recorded in MM

- Faster reassignment of document chains to new posting address in funds management

Target Group:

Budget officers

11.13.4.14 Other enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

1. Accessibility for archiving objects

Page 278: Functionality EHP4 Final

278 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

2. Unification of various archiving objects: selection by fiscal year and period for the following

objects:

- FM_DOC_FI - archiving FI line items in funds management

- FM_DOC_OI - archiving commitment line items in funds management

- FM_DOC_CO - archiving CO line items in funds management

- FM_ACTSUM - archiving commitment/actual totals records in funds management

- FM_BUDHIE - archiving former budget hierarchy documents in funds management

- FM_BUDENT - archiving former budget entry documents in funds management

- FM_BUDSUM - archiving former budget totals records in funds management

- FM_FUNRES - archiving of earmarked funds

3. Enhancement in ALE distribution

Pain Points:

- Lack of a unified approach across all funds management data tables

- Complicated management of disjunctive funds management number ranges in the central system

Business Benefits:

- Archiving data can be broken down into smaller data slices (by fiscal year and period)

- Disjunctive number ranges are no longer needed when updating actuals

Target Group:

Public sector customers wishing to archive funds management data. Public sector customers who are

using ALE distribution.

11.13.4.15 Enhancements for real estate integration

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

1. Rule-based splitting tool introduced into real estate: contract can now be automatically split

among multiple account assignments based on predefined rules.

2. New function modules for FMDERIVE: funds management account assignment objects maintained

on real estate objects can now be read when posting against real estate objects in financial

transactions.

Page 279: Functionality EHP4 Final

279 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

1. Previously, multifunding of the same rental condition for contracts could be achieved only by

creating multiple contracts and dividing the total amount among the contracts.

2. Duplicate maintenance of funds management account assignments for real estate objects was

required. Now, information is in one central location on the master data object and can be retrieved

from there.

Business Benefits:

1. Simplification of data entry with fewer user errors

2. Less data maintenance

Target Group:

Data entry personnel in various applications

11.13.5 PSM, U.S. Federal - Debt Management: Rescheduling (BF:

PSM_USFED_DEBT_RESCHEDULE - EhP: 4)

Description:

New reporting functionality to calculate installments for existing debt. Solution to handle the

rescheduling of debt, including maintenance of rescheduling agreements, calculation of amortization

schedule, and preparing correspondence for customers.

Early Adopters:

U.S. Federal agencies that deal with a large number of receivables from private sector customers

Headline:

Automatically Calculate and Track Alternate Payment Terms for Customers with Outstanding

Receivables

Business Benefits:

Streamlined handling of receivables

11.13.5.1 Transaction to manage debt rescheduling agreement

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Page 280: Functionality EHP4 Final

280 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Allows selection of existing receivable and provides interactive mode to manage a rescheduling

agreement. Flexible calculation of installment terms, intervals, and interest rates. Correspondence of

rescheduling agreement to customer and report to display current status of receivable and

rescheduling terms. Integration with treasury report on receivables.

Pain Points:

A previously manual process is replaced with automated functionality

Business Benefits:

Improves the debt management process and allows alternate methods of debt collection based on

customer requirements

Target Group:

Debt management officer

11.13.6 PSM, U.S. Federal 2 (BF: PSM_USFED_CI_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

General improvements to tools and applications used by U.S. Federal agencies, including roles and

authorizations, budgetary ledger, and year-end closing. Enhanced functionality is provided in

materials management.

Early Adopters:

U.S. Federal customers who wish to improve use of the U.S. Federal software

Headline:

Extend the Use of U.S. Federal Functionality

Business Benefits:

Continued enhancements enabling customer to improve the use of specific federal functionality: -

Simplified year-end processing - Additional functionality for purchase order and purchase

requisition - Federal-specific roles and authorizations - Expanded customizing for budgetary ledger

areas

11.13.6.1 Improvements to accountable property functionality

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 281: Functionality EHP4 Final

281 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Allows creation of an asset master record based on purchase order data rather than goods receipt or

invoice data

Pain Points:

Asset master data is created too late in the process. When assets are received, asset master record

and process steps triggered for the asset should already exist based on the information available in

the purchase order.

Business Benefits:

Improved property management. Processes subsequent to creation of asset master data can now be

started earlier and are available for goods receipt. This functionality is better aligned with standard

asset creation for purchase orders.

Target Group:

Property manager

11.13.6.2 Park and hold purchase requisition and purchase order

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Parking: document is complete from an MM prospective, but can still be completed in regard to FM

account assignment. Integration of workflow possible. - Holding: document can still contain errors or

missing data and can be held for future completion.

Pain Points:

PO could previously only be held, now it can also be parked. Purchase requisition could previously

only be parked, now it can also be held. Customers now have a unified approach to the entire

purchasing, receipt, and invoicing process.

Business Benefits:

FISIO-compliant. Now customers have a unified approach to the entire purchasing, receipt, and

invoicing process.

Target Group:

U.S. Federal agencies

11.13.6.3 Change management for posted invoices

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 282: Functionality EHP4 Final

282 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

It is now possible to change posted invoices. When the user tries to change a posted invoice, the

system creates a reversal (transaction MR11) in the background and creates a new invoice with the

changed data.

Pain Points:

A previously cumbersome, multistep process is now replaced with a single transaction for the user

Business Benefits:

FISIO-compliant

Target Group:

Federal agencies

User-defined year-end closing rules

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Allows users to define additional sets of rules to close out general ledger accounts

Pain Points:

Currently, only two sets of rules can be defined. Many customers need to define more sets of rules.

Without this ability, they need to modify configuration frequently.

Business Benefits:

Faster and easier year-end closing

Target Group:

Users in accounting and budget offices involved in year-end closing

11.13.6.5 Prevent purchase order changes when delivery has been made

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Added functionality to allow the system to check the final flags on requisitions (closed flag) and

purchase orders (delivery complete and final invoice) and issue standard messages (warning or error)

when follow-on processes are posted against documents for which the flags are set.

Page 283: Functionality EHP4 Final

283 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

We also extended the functionality that controlled how the flags were automatically set. If the final

delivery flag was set, the system used to remove the flag automatically if a goods receipt was posted.

Now we allow a goods receipt to be posted and still keep the final flag in place.

Pain Points:

Previously, a PO with the final delivery or final invoice flag set could still have goods receipts or

invoices posted against it. Requisitions with a closed flag could still be referenced by a PO. Now all

that can be controlled through standard messages.

Business Benefits:

Provides the ability to prevent follow-on activity against closed documents

Target Group:

Public sector procurement, receiving officers, and AP clerks

11.13.6.6 Roles and authorization for Federal-specific fields

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Enhanced authorization concept for U.S. Federal-specific fields: payment office and agency location

code (ALC). Both authorizations are used to control access to FI documents. The Federal government

reports have been enhanced, enabling access control by payment office and ALC

Pain Points:

Authorization could previously not be controlled on these important Federal fields. Other

authorization objects had to be used.

Business Benefits:

Better control tailored to the needs of use of U.S. Federal users

Target Group:

U.S. Federal users in accounts payable

11.13.6.7 Budgetary ledger configuration: new source fields to derive additional

BL areas

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 284: Functionality EHP4 Final

284 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Additional source fields in budgetary ledger (BL) configuration: general ledger account, asset

transaction type, business transaction, and budget process

Pain Points:

Master data setup more business-oriented and not driven by technical requirements of the BL

Business Benefits:

Flexible use of master data

Target Group:

Federal customers

11.13.6.8 Credit memo offset exclusion

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

U.S. Federal agencies have two primary options to offset vendor delinquent debts: internal offset and

external treasury offset. To support FSIO requirements, the system must provide a method to

exclude an item from internal offset against another payment. The credit memo offset exclusion

establishes a payment block on the document; the document is therefore excluded from the

standard payment program (SAPF110).

Pain Points:

Limited control of automatic payment offsets

Business Benefits:

Increase control and flexibility of automatic payment offsets

Target Group:

U.S. Federal AR and AP technicians and managers

11.13.7 PSM, Enhanced Features for Grantor Management (AP/AR) (BF:

PSM_GRANTOR_APAR_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Support of multiple payment recipients per agreement or claim. Generic interface for SAP CRM

program replication.

Early Adopters:

Enhanced grantor integration with SAP ERP

Headline:

Page 285: Functionality EHP4 Final

285 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Additional Integration Flexibility Between Grantor in SAP CRM and Grantor Processes in SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Support of additional business processes

11.13.7.1 Support of multiple payment recipient per agreement or claim

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Provide an ability to define more than one payment recipient in an agreement or claim. It also allows

users to change the existing payment recipient.

Pain Points:

Limitation to one payment recipient that cannot be changed for each agreement or claim

Business Benefits:

Manage multiple payment recipients per agreement or claim

Target Group:

Grantor program manager

11.13.7.2 Generic interface for SAP CRM program replication

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Provide a generic programming interface which allows users to map an SAP ERP account element

than funded program to an SAP CRM program

Pain Points:

Customer may not use funded program or want to use another account element for mapping the SAP

CRM program in SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Flexibility to decide which account elements in SAP ERP should map to the program object in SAP

CRM

Target Group:

Grantor program manager

Page 286: Functionality EHP4 Final

286 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.13.8 PSM, Enhanced Features for Grantor Management (PSCD) (BF:

PSCD_GRANTOR_2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Support of multiple payment recipients per agreement or claim. Generic interface for SAP CRM

program replication.

Early Adopters:

Enhanced grantor integration with SAP ERP

Headline:

Additional Integration Flexibility Between Grantor in SAP CRM and Grantor Processes in SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

- Support of additional business processes

11.13.8.1 Support of multiple payment recipient per agreement or claim

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Provide an ability to define more than one payment recipient in an agreement or claim. It also allows

users to change the existing payment recipient.

Pain Points:

Limitation to one payment recipient that cannot be changed for each agreement or claim

Business Benefits:

Manage multiple payment recipients for an agreement or claim

Target Group:

Grantor program manager

11.13.8.2 Generic interface for SAP CRM program replication

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Provide a generic programming interface that allows users to map an SAP ERP account element other

than funded program to an SAP CRM program

Page 287: Functionality EHP4 Final

287 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Customer may not use funded program or want to use another account element for mapping the SAP

CRM program in SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Flexibility to decide which account elements in SAP ERP should map to the program object in SAP

CRM

Target Group:

Grantor program manager

11.13.9 Tax&Rev. Mmgt incl. Prop. Tax (BF:

PSCD_TRM_&_PROPERTY_TAX - EhP: 4)

Description:

New functionality for form-based registration of taxpayers, management of tax work items,

correspondence management, processing of refunds, and handling of property taxes

Early Adopters:

Tax authorities (federal, state, and local) dealing with all kinds of tax types, including property taxes

Headline:

Improve Compliance with Integrated Tax Processing

Business Benefits:

Easily define registration forms for the taxpayer registration process with tight integration into the

tax officer work center and the business rule framework (BRF).

Gain an integrated overview of incoming and outgoing correspondence and interactions of a

taxpayer within the tax officer work center to improve customer service.

Validate and process tax refunds.

Organize and efficiently monitor the workload of registration forms and tax returns.

11.13.9.1 Manage tax work items

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Create work items for form processing

Release new work items for form processing

Change assignment of work items

Page 288: Functionality EHP4 Final

288 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Change priority of work items

Pain Points:

Determine the right resource to handle tax returns or other tax forms

Monitor the workload

Business Benefits:

The new features allow determination of tax officers, tax units, and tax divisions based on rules.

Tax managers and supervisors can get an easy overview of the current workload and can determine

the appropriate steps.

Target Group:

Managers and supervisors of tax and revenue agencies

11.13.9.2 Process refunds

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Process refund request

Distribute overpayment to carry forward and refund

Reconcile advance turnover tax return with annual tax return

Check statute of limitations

Approve tax return or refund

Internal offsets

Pain Points:

Paper-based validation of refunds

Business Benefits:

Refunds can be validated based on rules defined in the BRF (business rule framework)

Target Group:

Tax officer

11.13.9.3 Form-based registration

Page 289: Functionality EHP4 Final

289 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Define and process registration forms

Set up rules for registration

Upload registration forms

Mass activity for validating tax forms

Exception handling of registration in the tax officer cockpit

Pain Points:

Custom-built registration processes or other form processes difficult to maintain

Business Benefits:

Configurable form processing utilizing business rules for setting up master data and relationships and

for determining registration fees

Support of automated and manual processes in the tax officer cockpit

Target Group:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Create or change parcel

Create or change real estate folio

Create billing document

Pain Points:

Missing capabilities to process property taxes together with other revenue types

Business Benefits:

The new features offer an integrated process for handling property taxes

Target Group:

Tax officer

11.13.9.4 Manage correspondence

Page 290: Functionality EHP4 Final

290 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Configure correspondence types

Compose outbound correspondence

Provide document management services

Review interaction history

Manage inbound correspondence

Print correspondence

Create customer contacts

Pain Points:

Silo-based registration processes

High TCO due to custom-built tax processes

Business Benefits:

The new features allow tax agencies to flexibly set up new correspondence types for tax purposes

Target Group:

Tax officer

11.13.10 PSM, U.S. Federal PPA and Payments (BF: PSM_USFED_PPAP_2 -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Federal-specific fields on vendor master. Improvements to payment handling. Prompt-pay

functionality expanded to real estate contract and subsequent invoice. Statistical sampling process.

Automated clearing.

Early Adopters:

U.S. Federal agencies that use prompt-pay functionality in SAP software

Headline:

Improved Handling of Payables

Business Benefits:

Page 291: Functionality EHP4 Final

291 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Streamlined control of vendor invoices and subsequent payment process following the federal

government's rules.

Introduction of federal-specific fields to additional SAP software components and master data.

11.13.10.1 Enhancements to prompt pay functionality (PPA)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

1. Previously, vendors were identified as being relevant to the prompt payment act by setting the

interest indicator field to 99. Now, we have added a new field to the U.S. Federal tab on the vendor

master to identify if the vendor is subject to the PPA. The interest indicator field can now by used for

its intended purpose. A new program is available to migrate to the new functionality

(FMFG_PPA_TO_VENDOR)

2. Expands PPA functionality to the real estate application: the date entered on real estate contract

will be transferred to accounting document and can be used in subsequent processes, such as

payment and treasury confirmation.

Pain Points:

1. The interest indicator field was not available to Federal customers because it was needed to

support the PPA.

2. Important information regarding federal processing and reporting was missing on documents

integrated from the real estate component.

Business Benefits:

1. Customers can now use the interest indicator field as intended. Previously, this field was taken to

support the PPA functionality.

2. Real estate component is now fully compliant with PPA requirements.

Target Group:

1. All U.S. Federal customers

2. Users of real estate component

11.13.10.2 Enhancements to IPAC

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 292: Functionality EHP4 Final

292 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Allows the clearing or posting of residual items for invoices and related items prior to running the

payment program.

Pain Points:

Issues with interest and penalty calculation in payment program when invoices and offsets to

invoices (down payment transfer and credit memos) were paid together.

Business Benefits:

Eliminates manual clearing processes prior to payment program and allows more accurate

calculation of payment.

Target Group:

Payment officers

11.13.10.3 Statistical sampling

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Improvements to the existing functionality include:

- Blocked (payment block) invoices are included in batching and certification process

- Time/date stamp of certification process stored on the database and available for reporting

- Updating of payment run log to show when invoices are blocked by the sampling process

- True random sampling

Pain Points:

General usability improvements based on customer feedback

Business Benefits:

Additional usability to make the statistical sampling functions better fit agency requirements

Target Group:

Accounts payable clerk and manager

11.13.10.4 Enhancements to reporting: new prompt payment tracking report

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 293: Functionality EHP4 Final

293 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

This report displays a listing of invoice documents that are warehoused and ready for payment.

Warehoused documents can be reviewed to determine whether or not they meet contract terms and

follow applicable Prompt Payment Act regulations. The report can also be used to verify that goods

and services paid for were actually received.

Pain Points:

The Prompt Payment Act has specific requirements that are not covered in standard financial

reports. For example, the impact of treasury lag days, weekends, and holidays on the payment due

date. This report is designed to take the prompt factors into account to help AP clerks and managers

track the status of open invoices.

Business Benefits:

Provides U.S. Federal-specific payment details to AP clerks and managers

Target Group:

AP clerks and managers

11.13.11 PSM, Budget Period (BF: PSM_GEN_BUDPER_1 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Introduces a new master data entity, budget period, and several supplying modules in public sector

accounting. The new entity allows recording the time of budget and its execution independently of

fiscal year considerations.

Early Adopters:

Customers who need to record the time of appropriated budget and its execution independently of

fiscal year or other master data information.

Headline:

Record and Manage Budget and Consumption Values in Budgetary Accounting with a freely definable

and independent time

Business Benefits:

The time span for which a budget has been approved for consumption no longer needs to coincide

with a fiscal year. Also, users are no longer required to record differing time spans as part of other

budgetary accounting master data objects, which frees up their naming for the original, intended

use. Budgetary availability control and year end processes are simplified.

11.13.11.1 Budget period as separate master data entity in PSM

Page 294: Functionality EHP4 Final

294 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

An additional PSM master data entity, budget period, is introduced in SAP ECC, extending the overall

PSM master data number to a maximum of six (plus grant). The new master data object is available in

the budget control system (BCS) and in many budget execution processes. It is recorded in budget

and commitment/actuals figures in funds management and can serve as a balancing entity in the

new general ledger.

Expiry and cancellation date functionality are moved from fund to budget period.

Pain Points:

Without budget period, a customer who requires multiple overlapping periods of appropriation of

budget needs to encode these periods into other available PSM master data entities like the fund.

That causes:

- Additional manual effort at each end of a validity period to recreate fund master data

- A budgetary closing process that requires more complex handling of master data

Business Benefits:

- Clear distinction of individual master data entities by purpose

- Reduced master data maintenance effort

- Reduced and simplified year-end closing activity

Target Group:

- Accountants

- Budget clerks

11.13.11.2 Enhanced budgeting and active availability control (BCS) using budget

period

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

With the introduction of budget period as a new master data entity in funds management, budgets

can now be distinguished by it. It is thus possible to have a budget for the same account assignment

from approval cycle 2008 and from 2009: both may be valid for multiple fiscal years.

Active availability control respects this separation of budgets, enabling checks for a single budget

period or across multiple budget periods.

Page 295: Functionality EHP4 Final

295 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Without a separate budget period field in budgeting, customers need to encode the timing aspects of

approved budget into other available master data, mainly the fund, to record and check separately

appropriated budgets.

Business Benefits:

- Compliance with legal requirements to support a budget period in budgeting

- Simplified handling of budget maintenance and budget-related closing activities

Target Group:

Budget clerks

11.13.11.3 Enhanced financial and budgetary accounting using budget period

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

It enables a user to enter the appropriate budget period manually as an account assignment. The

complete account assignment is then updated in financial accounting (FI new GL) and budgetary

accounting (FM). As an alternative, the budget period may be derived via the same derivation

mechanism already supported for other funds management account assignments (FMDERIVE).

Pain Points:

Users need to encode budget period into another existing account assignment object, like fund.

Business Benefits:

- Separate input field is available for budget period

- Separate derivation and control of budget period independent of other FM account assignments is

possible

- Financial and budgetary accounting by budget period, including balance sheet by budget period

(and fund)

Target Group:

All users entering account assignments

11.13.11.4 Enhancements in U.S. Federal functionality using budget period

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Page 296: Functionality EHP4 Final

296 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Budget period is made available for U.S. Federal-specific processes. That includes U.S. Federal-

specific ledgers 95, 96 and 97; budgetary ledger postings; and Federal-specific reports.

The application of fund (AOF) is now also available on the budget period master record and takes

precedence over the AOF on the fund master.

Pain Points:

Compliance with legal requirement (FISIO)

Embedding budget fiscal year into the fund code

Business Benefits:

- Separate input field is available for budget period

- Separate derivation and control of budget period independent of other FM account assignments is

possible

- Financial and budgetary accounting by budget period, including balance sheet by budget period

(and fund)

- Financial and budgetary accounting by budget period

Target Group:

All users entering account assignments

11.13.12 TM, Integration into Funds Management (BF:

FIN_TRM_PSM_INTEGRATION - EhP: 4)

Description:

Treasury breaks down transactions and positions to funds (and grants). The transaction manager

offers an option to assign one or more funds or grants to a transaction.

Functionality for long-term investment pools (unitized or endowment pools) and buying and selling

shares is now available.

Early Adopters:

Customers in the public sector who need to reflect their short- and long-term investments and

borrowing by fund and grant.

Customers in the public sector who need to manage their endowments' investments in endowment

pools within treasury and risk management.

Headline:

Achieve seamless integration between treasury management and funds management

Business Benefits:

Easily break down your financial transactions and positions to single funds (and grants)

Page 297: Functionality EHP4 Final

297 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Manage your long-term investment pools (unitized or endowment pools)

Get a holistic view of your investments by funds (and grants)

11.13.12.1 Public sector account assignment elements in the transaction

manager

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

- Specify a fund and grant at the trade level in the transaction manager to ensure integration with

funds management - The corresponding FI postings bear the fund and grant information so that

funds management is updated appropriately

- In the transaction manager, the system distinguishes positions by funds and grants - For some

product types, you can assign several funds to a single deal. The system will then take care of

attributing condition based flows like interest or repayments accordingly.

Pain Points:

- Financial transactions can't be assigned to several funds - Cumbersome creation of balance sheet at

the fund level when financial investments affect more than one fund - Error-prone distribution of

interest postings resulting from financial investments to single funds

Business Benefits:

- Easily break down financial transactions and positions to single funds and grants - Financial

investments are reflected properly in the balance sheet at the fund level - Condition-based flows are

distributed automatically to the participating funds

Target Group:

Customers in the public sector who need to reflect their investments by fund and grant

11.13.12.2 Fund and grant transfer

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The transaction manager allows a fund transfer. That means that the user can change the

distribution among participating funds without changing the external cash flow.

Pain Points:

No opportunity to reduce the participation of a fund and increase the participation of another fund

during a trade's term

Page 298: Functionality EHP4 Final

298 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Easy way of changing the participation amounts of funds during a trade's term

Target Group:

Customers in the public sector who need to reflect their investments by fund and grant

11.13.12.3 Investment pool

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Customers set up investment pools to enable the participating single funds to recognize a greater

return on their pooled investment than they could on their individual investments. - If a fund wants

to invest in an investment pool, it buys pool certificates for a given unit price.

Pain Points:

- Limited options to work with pooled investments - no opportunity to get an overview of the

number of certificates or units a single fund holds in an investment pool

Business Benefits:

- Easy way of handling investment pools - System support for buying and selling pool certificates

Target Group:

Customers in the public sector who need to manage their investments in investment pools

11.13.13 FI-FM Localization Topics for the Spanish Public Sector (BF:

FIN_LOC_CI_5 - EhP: 4)

Description:

FI-FM localization enhancements for Spain (SAP Public Sector for Spain)

New functionalities:

- Payment release list (PRL)

- Budgetary extension (copy budget documents)

- Combined acceptance request posting and clearing (CARPC)

- Recovery

- AA-FM G/L account derivation check

Page 299: Functionality EHP4 Final

299 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- MIP/MIE scenario

Early Adopters:

All Spanish public sector organizations: national, regional, and local governments

Headline:

Eliminate Legal and Functional Gaps for Spain That Were Present After the Retrofit Project

Business Benefits:

- Elimination of legal and functional gaps for Spanish public sector that were still present in the

standard product after the retrofit project

- Several new developments have been done and several standard SAP ERP functionalities have been

adapted to meet local requirements

- Downport from SAP ERP 2005

11.13.13.1 Payment release list (PRL)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The functionality is based on the Payment Release List. The new functionality includes new actions

and the FM fields required for Spain. For each item the FM fields will be filled with the information of

the GL line, if the item has more than one GL line, the information of the GL will not be filled and a

warning will be created in the warning tab. For each assigned item the field level will be filled with

the field customized in the table for the levels

Pain Points:

The new tool covers the two major issues in the standard payment program F110:

a) Blocking Vendor account once one vendor item is in a payment proposal

b) Approval and modification mechanism of items contained in payment proposals when the

proposal is old

Business Benefits:

The new tool allows the organization of payments in a new way that is much more flexible than the

current payment proposal and than offers various kinds of interactions from the end-user with

selected open items for payments. There can be unassigned lists and lists assigned to groups of users

Target Group:

Public Sector

11.13.13.2 Budgetary extension (copy budget documents)

Page 300: Functionality EHP4 Final

300 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

This funcionality copy BCS entry documents between different versions and within the same fiscal

year

Pain Points:

In existing business scenarios, a gap exists in the functionality available for copying data from

different budget versions in the same fiscal year. For this reason, a new tool shall be developed to

copy budget documents and provide a flexible function for selecting documents.

Business Benefits:

This new report shall copy budget values by generating new budget documents in the new version

that contain references to budget documents in the old version. This new tool shall store the process

information (for example, supplement (SUPL) and transfer (TRAN)). A copy shall be created by

version and in the same fiscal year.

The new report shall copy the entire budget document.

Target Group:

Public Sector

11.13.13.3 Combined acceptance request posting and clearing (CARPC)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

A new document type is created. This document is used in a specific case, when a customer makes a

payment, but no invoice was issued to him. This new document will clear the initial bank account

post and at the same time (in the same LUW) will also clear the customer account.

Pain Points:

A similar process didn't exist, so it was hard for the users to identify the documents involved and was

not possible to create the compensation documents in the same LUW.

Business Benefits:

A faster an "cleaner" process is now available. The new document will improve the business

performance and will free the users for other tasks, since without this process a long and harsh

search was needed.

Target Group:

All users that create requests.

Page 301: Functionality EHP4 Final

301 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.13.13.4 Recovery

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

This functionality allows the creation of special funds management deduction payment requests

called recovery documents. These documents can be linked to the original invoice, may refer to a

vendor that differs from the invoices and be customized to post the incoming payment (the returned

amount) automatically as a negative posting in one work process.

Pain Points:

This feature allows customers to create a new type of funds management deduction payment

requests targeted to support recovery process, allowing them to comply with legal requirements by

means of an existing enhanced tool. Automatic steps allow to simplify the recovery postings that

otherwise would have to be done in a manual sequence of steps.

Business Benefits:

The main benefits are support for country specific legal requirements and reuse of existing tool.

Target Group:

Public Sector

11.13.13.5 AA-FM G/L account derivation check

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Creates a double check on the GL account derivation when a request is being created. When a

request is created if the user assigns a Commitment Item a GL account is derived. If in the same

document an asset is assigned, a new GL account is derived. This check will allow the user to know if

the FM and the AA GL Accounts are the same, and if they are not an error or warning is issued.

Pain Points:

This will allow them to check the differences between AA and FM GL Account customizing without

them to have the need to run trough SPRO and check manually the customizing.

Business Benefits:

This will improve the business performance, since this way all the documents created will be in the

right GL account. Without this check there was a chance that with a wrong customizing, that is not

checked in any other place, a document would be assigned to a wrong GL account.

Target Group:

Page 302: Functionality EHP4 Final

302 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Public Sector

11.13.13.6 MIP/MIE scenario

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

In some cases when withholding tax (WT) is withheld by a government entity, it also reflects a

revenue, as the

government itself is the final recipient of the WT amount. This needs to be reflected in financial and

budget

accounting. If such a transfer of WT to a revenue account is to be carried out, the process is referred

to as the MIP scenario. Otherwise, if additional postings are not required, the process is called MIE

scenario. This functionality will create the above mentioned additional postings automatically. Also it

has to be assured, that there is a link between the original document, and the additional documents

which include the follow postings, so that the user can find related documents.

Pain Points:

Currently at the customers the additional postings are created manually in the form of an

acceptance request and a subsequent clearing posting. This means the required documents and

processes are available in the standard system, not in a specific and automate funcionality

Business Benefits:

This new tool should automate the posting of these additional items to save manual work.

Target Group:

Government department / authorities

PSM, Position Budgeting and Control: Extended Posting Logic (BF:

Logic (BF: PSM_PBC_XPL - EhP: 4)

Description:

-PBC and payroll use an identical derivation date for account assignments

-PBC and payroll use an identical posting date for document creation

Early Adopters:

Austrian government

Headline:

Synchronization of PBC and Payroll Postings

Page 303: Functionality EHP4 Final

303 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

-PBC and payroll use an identical derivation date for account assignments

-PBC and payroll use an identical posting date for document creation

11.13.14.1 Synchronization of PBC posting logic with payroll

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

Uses identical date and payroll area to create PBC and payroll documents:

-PBC and payroll use the identical derivation date for account assignments

-PBC and payroll use the identical posting date

-Closing of account assignments will be possible (the required implementation will be shipped from

HR in a support package)

Pain Points:

-PBC documents are created with the same date as in payroll posting

Business Benefits:

-The budget from PBC documents and payroll documents is consumed at the same date, which

simplifies reporting

Target Group:

-PBC customers

11.13.15 PSM, Additional Functions in SAP SRM and PPS (BF:

PSM_PPS_INTEGRATION - EhP: 4)

Description:

Provides enhanced SAP ERP integration for Procurement for Public Sector (PPS), including

incremental funding, account assignment distribution, integration of smart numbering with SAP ERP,

and earmarked funds on procurement documents.

Early Adopters:

Customers who need to maintain financial integration across a large volume of high-value

procurement

Headline:

Enhanced SAP ERP Integration for Procurement for Public Sector (PPS) and SAP Supplier Relationship

Management (SAP SRM)

Page 304: Functionality EHP4 Final

304 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Customers can incrementally fund large projects by adding additional funds over time. Additionally,

customers will gain flexibility to split the cost of procurement across multiple account assignments,

as well as identify SAP ERP transactions by customer-defined smart numbers rather than just by SAP

numbers.

11.13.15.1 Incremental Funding

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

This functionality provides SAP ERP integration for incremental funding of business objects in

Procurement for Public Sector (PPS).

Pain Points:

Incrementally funded purchase orders cannot be created or managed in the automated procurement

system. Funding status of incrementally funded purchase orders is invisible to the user.

Business Benefits:

Users can create incrementally funded purchase orders in the procurement system. Orders can be

funded for less than the total value of the order, and additional funds can be added as they become

available. Users can track the amount of funding applied to an order.

Target Group:

Public sector users who receive funding for large purchase orders incrementally in accordance with

the legislative appropriations process.

11.13.15.2 Integration of Smart Numbering with SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Allows customers to locate procurement documents using customer-based numbering schema in

addition to document numbers in SAP software.

Pain Points:

Public sector agencies that have agency-specified number schemes for procurement documents

cannot display the numbers on SAP procurement documents. Only document numbers generated

from SAP software appear on procurement documents.

Page 305: Functionality EHP4 Final

305 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Procurement documents will now contain both the customer agency-specified document number

and the SAP document number. Customers can search, locate, and report on documents using either

the agency-specified smart number or the SAP document number.

Target Group:

Public sector agencies that must use an agency-specified numbering scheme for procurement

documents.

11.13.15.3 Account Assignment Distribution

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Allows assignment of multiple account assignments to a PR based on either amount or percentage.

Pain Points:

Customers cannot assign multiple account assignments for a single purchase requisition or purchase

order by amount.

Business Benefits:

Customers can assign multiple account assignments to purchase requisitions or purchase orders

based on either a percentage of the total or by specific amounts charged to each account

assignment.

Target Group:

Customers who routinely make purchases of which portions are charged to different account

assignments.

11.13.15.4 Integration of Earmarked Funds with SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

You can use earmarked funds on purchase requisitions (PRs) created in SAP ERP that are replicated to

SAP Supplier Relationship Management (SAP SRM).

Pain Points:

This feature will enable public sector customers to earmark funds for specific projects and track the

status of those projects as the purchase requisition moves through the procurement process in SAP

SRM.

Page 306: Functionality EHP4 Final

306 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

Customers can earmark funds for specific projects, cite the earmarked funds on the PR, and track the

progress of the PR as it moves through the procurement process in SAP SRM.

Target Group:

Public sector customers who have numerous projects and desire to earmark funds for those projects.

11.13.16 PSM, Seizure of Non-Payroll Liabilities (BF: PSM_ACC_SEIZURE -

EhP: 4)

Description:

Provides execution of a legally required process of seizing payments to vendors. It consists of

recording seizures, matching them against outgoing FI-AP vendor payments, and manual application

by the user.

Early Adopters:

Public services customers who are legally required to verify outgoing payments for the existence of

seizures

Headline:

Legal Compliance and Control of Outgoing Vendor Payments through Execution of a Payment Release

Process Specific to the Public Sector

Business Benefits:

Enable a systematic and documented seizure process. Relate seizures to existing business data from

budget execution. Ensure that each outgoing payment can be checked for applicability of seizures.

11.13.16.1 Seizures register

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The seizures register provides a central place where the entire life cycle of seizures (except their

application to payment of liabilities) can be reflected:

- Creation

- Change or adaption due to court decision

- Closure

- Overview of seizure history

- Management of internal notes attached to seizures

Page 307: Functionality EHP4 Final

307 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

- Need for an integrated register of seizures

- Support for the management of the seizure life cycle

Business Benefits:

- A seizures register is available

- The register can be used in a centralized or distributed manner

Target Group:

- Accountants

- Accounts payable clerks

11.13.16.2 Payment release list (PRL) with seizure detection and application

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Liability items to be paid via the standard accounts payable payment process in SAP software are

processed via the payment release list (PRL). The PRL includes:

- A seizure-specific detection process that checks if a court order for seizure is recorded in the

seizures register for a payment to be made

- An assignment process by which a user assigns a detected seizure to a payment so that the

payment is made to the opponent as specified in the seizure

- Status management for all payable items that allows users to exercise detailed control

Pain Points:

- Compliance with legal obligation to control seizures during the payment process

Business Benefits:

- Seamless integration of the seizures verification and application process into the overall business

process landscape

- Smart detection algorithm

Target Group:

Accounts payable clerks

11.13.17 PSM, Multi-Level Budget Structure (BF: PSM_FM_BCS_MBS -

EhP: 4)

Page 308: Functionality EHP4 Final

308 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

Enables use of a budget structure in hierarchy format instead of a flat budget structure in the budget

control system (BCS). With the multi-level budget structure, new budget processes for top-down

budget distribution are available.

Early Adopters:

- Public sector customers using or implementing the budget control system in funds management

- Public sector customers with a demand for strict top-down budget distribution along a predefined

and rather static hierarchy of budget addresses

Headline:

Budget Structure in Hierarchy Format Instead of a Flat Budget Structure in the Budget Control System

Business Benefits:

- Budget structure is in a hierarchy format

- Supports top-down and bottom-up budget distribution in the budgeting workbench

11.13.17.1 Creation of a multi-level budget structure

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Generates the multi-level budget structure for a specific hierarchy ID.

Pain Points:

Customers with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting can now to define the budget structure as a

hierarchy instead of a flat budget structure.

Business Benefits:

With the multi-level budget structure customers can budget along the defined hierarchy.

Target Group:

Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.

11.13.17.2 Maintenance of a multi-level budget structure

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Processing the multi-level budget structure by:

Page 309: Functionality EHP4 Final

309 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

- Inserting new nodes

- Deleting existing nodes

- Moving nodes within the multi-level budget structure

Pain Points:

With organizational changes it can become necessary to adapt the changes to the multi-level budget

structure. The system supports changes to the multi-level budget structure.

Business Benefits:

Changes can be adapted to the multi-level budget structure.

Target Group:

Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.

11.13.17.3 Budget entry and distribution in a multi-level budget structure

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

With a multi-level budget structure, the FM account assignments for entering budget can be defined.

The multi-level budget structure supports top-down and bottom-up budget distribution. For top-

down budget distribution, the budget is distributed along the hierarchy path from the upper account

assignment to the lower account assignments. For bottom-up budget distribution, the budget is

entered on a lower account assignment, and the system can automatically create the budget on

superior account assignments in the multi-level budget structure.

Pain Points:

During budget planning, the budget has to entered on FM account assignments. Now the multi-level

budget structure can be used to limit the possible FM account assignments for entering and

distributing budget.

Business Benefits:

The multi-level budget structure can be used to enter budget and distribute budget along the

hierarchy.

Target Group:

Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.

11.13.17.4 Maintenance of budget addresses in a multi-level budget structure

Page 310: Functionality EHP4 Final

310 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Maintain the budget addresses in a multi-level budget structure by:

- Creating budget addresses

- Deleting budget addresses

Pain Points:

Definition of FM account assignments to be used as budget addresses

Business Benefits:

Definition of budget addresses in the multi-level budget structure in a mass run.

Target Group:

Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.

11.13.17.5 Maintenance of posting addresses in a multi-level budget structure

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Maintain the posting addresses in a multi-level budget structure by:

- Creating posting addresses

- Deleting posting addresses

Pain Points:

Definition of FM account assignments to be used as posting addresses.

Business Benefits:

Definition of posting addresses in the multi-level budget structure in a mass run.

Target Group:

Customer with a strict hierarchical view in budgeting.

PSM, Budget Control System (BF: PSM_FM_BCS_CI_1 - EhP: 4)

EhP: 4)

Description:

Page 311: Functionality EHP4 Final

311 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Continuous improvements for the budget control system in the areas of:

- Budgeting workbench: combined commitment and payment budget-handling

- Revenues increasing the budget (RIB)

- Residual budget: approval process for carry-over

- AVC reconstruction

Early Adopters:

Public Sector customers using or implementing the budget control system (BCS) in funds

management

Headline:

Improvements in the Budget Control System in Funds Management

Business Benefits:

Continued enhancements enabling customer to improve the use of BCS functionality

11.13.18.1 Revenues increasing the budget (RIB)

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

- Supports manual and mass maintenance for RIB rules based on revenue cover group

- Supports new attribute in RIB rule manual and mass maintenance transactions to enable RIB rule

definition for call procedure

- Manual maintenance of single RIB rule

- Mass generation of RIB rules

- Mass copying of RIB rules

- Mass deletion of RIB rules

- Creation of RIB rule-change documents

- Calculation of RIB amount for RIB rules-based revenue cover groups

- Enhanced RIB document creation

- Enhanced RIB monitor for overview of RIB values

- New delta queue for uploading RIB ledger data into SAP NetWeaver BI

- Support of new RIB procedure: call procedure

Page 312: Functionality EHP4 Final

312 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Missing functionalities when working with revenues increasing the budget

Business Benefits:

Revenues increasing the budget offers more functionalities to the user

Target Group:

Budget officers

11.13.18.2 Cover eligibility (CE) in budgeting

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Description:

There are several enhancements and new developments in the area of cover eligibility:

- Support of revenue cover-group category in manual maintenance and mass transaction of cover

groups

- RIB rule (with call procedure) can be in the manual maintenance of cover groups assigned to

automatic cover groups

- Mass generation of cover-eligibility rules: create manual cover groups and revenue cover groups in

addition to automatic cover groups

- Mass generation of cover-eligibility rules: generate cover groups for multiple ledgers at the same

time

Pain Points:

RIB objects have to be used to aggregate revenues for use with the RIB process

Business Benefits:

Instead of RIB objects, revenue cover groups can be used to aggregate revenues for use with the RIB

process

Target Group:

Budget officers

11.13.18.3 Combined handling of budget categories in the budgeting workbench

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / both

Page 313: Functionality EHP4 Final

313 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

In the budgeting workbench, several budget categories can be entered at the same time in one entry

document

Pain Points:

The budgeting workbench does not support several budget categories. Customers have to post an

entry document for each budget category.

Business Benefits:

Budget officers can enter several budget categories at the same time in one entry document in the

budgeting workbench

Target Group:

Budget officers

11.13.19 Social Services (PSCD) (BF: PSCD_SOCIAL - EhP: 4)

Description:

Interface to SAP PSCD for external social case management solutions. Payment and liability items can

be transferred into SAP PSCD to be posted and processed. Status is returned to external solution.

Interface was defined together with SAP partner for social case management.

Early Adopters:

Health and human services; social services organizations in the public sector

Social agencies using a social case management solution (C ram) in combination with an SAP solution

for financials and payments (SAP PSCD)

Headline:

Financial Integration with SAP PSCD for a Social Case Management Solution

Business Benefits:

Less implementation effort and lower TCO with preconfigured integration of C ram social case

management with SAP PSCD for payment processing

11.13.19.1 Inbound interface to SAP PSCD for master data creation and update

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Page 314: Functionality EHP4 Final

314 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

Creation and update of business partner, address(es), bank details, contract accounts, and contract

objects based on messages received from external social case management system

Pain Points:

Master data integration between social case management system and SAP PSCD as a central

payment system

Business Benefits:

Central client financial accounts and central payment system for (multiple) external social case

management systems

Target Group:

System

11.13.19.2 Inbound interface to SAP PSCD for payments and liabilities

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Creation and reversal of SAP PSCD posting documents based on messages received from external

social case management systems

Pain Points:

Integration for financial transactions between social case management system and SAP PSCD as a

central payment system

Business Benefits:

Central client financial accounts and central payment system for (multiple) external social case

management systems

Target Group:

System

Outbound SAP PSCD document status message

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Capture and communicate the SAP PSCD-internal processing status of financial items that were

received from external social case management systems

Page 315: Functionality EHP4 Final

315 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Pain Points:

Processing status for financial items required by external social case management systems for

internal processes: reassessments, for example

Business Benefits:

Central client financial accounts and central payment system for (multiple) external social case

management systems

Target Group:

System

11.14 SAP for Retail

11.14.1 Retail, Continuous Improvements EA (BF: ISR_RETAIL_CI - EhP:

4)

Description:

Enhancements in allocation, assortment list, global data synchronization, and article discontinuation.

Retail-specific POWER lists increase usability.

Early Adopters:

Customers using the SAP Merchandising and Assortment Planning application

Headline:

Improved Allocation, Assortment List, Article Discontinuation, and Global Data Synchronization.

Retail-Specific POWER Lists

Business Benefits:

- Allocation enhancements: usage of vendor subrange- and site-specific data storage while creating

the purchase orders out of allocation processes; new splitting criteria for the follow-on documents

generated out of the allocation table; and vendor subrange as new grouping criteria

- HPR assortment list: new buffering logic for the processing of site-specific sales data

- Global data synchronization enhancement: reduced effort needed for master data maintenance by

creating consignment info records directly via GDS

- Article discontinuation enhancements: enhanced processing of replenishment data and BOMs

- Retail-specific POWER lists increase usability

11.14.1.1 Retail-specific POWER list: prices and conditions

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / New Capability

Page 316: Functionality EHP4 Final

316 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

With this POWER list, you are empowered to get a user-friendly overview of every purchase or sales

condition record to maintain, change or create new one. The POWER list can be used via SAP

NetWeaver Portal or via SAP NetWeaver Business Client.

Pain Points:

Missing overview transaction to get and create or change conditions and prices

Business Benefits:

The price planner has now the option to use one transaction as a starting point for major business

processes like getting all information about purchase and sales conditions that are assigned to access

sequences, as well as condition supplements, changing existing conditions, and creating new

conditions

Target Group:

Price planner

11.14.1.2 Retail-specific POWER list: article

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / New Capability

Description:

The article POWER list helps article data managers fulfill their main daily tasks. It should be the point

of entry for all activities. The POWER list can be used via SAP NetWeaver Portal or via SAP

NetWeaver Business Client.

Pain Points:

Missing overview transaction to get, create, and change article and related info records

Business Benefits:

The POWER list provides an entry point for all relevant tasks of a master data manager: to get all-

inclusive information about existing articles, change existing article and the related info records, and

to create a new article

Target Group:

Master Data Manager

11.14.1.3 Allocation enhancements

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 317: Functionality EHP4 Final

317 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

The new functionality comprises:

- Use of vendor subrange, site, and vendor subrange and site as levels of data retention in vendor

master data for the generation of the vendor purchase order out of the allocation table (as follow-on

processing).

- Provision of the option to split according to the vendor subrange in the process of purchase order

generation out of the allocation table.

Pain Points:

Buyers require the maintenance of vendor master data on the level of product groups supplied by

the vendor (vendor subrange) and on the level of the sites, which are supplied by the vendor, as

there may be some different agreements with the vendor. The information on the different data

maintenance levels should be determined and used in the processes of purchase order creation. The

split of the purchase orders generated out of the allocation table is also required for vendor

subranges.

Business Benefits:

- Enablement of use of the vendor subrange-specific data storages in the article and vendor master

while creating the purchase orders out of allocation processes.

- Enablement of the split of the follow-on documents generated out of the allocation in respect to

the vendor subrange.

- Availability of vendor subrange as grouping criterion within the overall process of seasonal

procurement.

Target Group:

The buyer involved with or responsible for the vendor-related master data, allocation, and purchase

order generation process

11.14.1.4 Global data synchronization - import of consignment articles

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

Enhancement of the existing price catalog maintenance transactions concerning the storage of

purchase data in the purchase view of the article master to support vendor consignment and the

storage of the consignment prices

=>Option to maintain consignment prices that can be taken over for the article

Page 318: Functionality EHP4 Final

318 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

=>Automatic creation of consignment purchasing info records plus related consignment prices

Pain Points:

For consignment articles created via retail global data synchronization (GDS), the user has to

maintain the consignment purchasing info records for the articles manually in the transaction of

creation of purchasing info record

Business Benefits:

Reduced manual maintenance effort for the creation of consignment articles via retail GDS

Target Group:

User responsible for master data maintenance

11.14.1.5 Article discontinuation - replenishment data and BOMs

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

- Replenishment data (tables WRPL and WRPT) will be deleted if article site-specific discontinuation is

done

- BOMs can be deleted within the discontinuation process based on a new follow-up function

- During the discontinuation of a generic article with dependent prepacks, the user can decide

whether the prepacks will be added automatically to the discontinuation work list

Pain Points:

-Replenishment data can be deleted only if the entire article is discontinued. After a site-specific

discontinuation. the replenishment data for the site remains in the system and leads to problems if

adding the given article to the site again.

-The user has to delete the BOMs of structured articles within the article maintenance dialog before

starting the discontinuation process.

-For discontinuation of a generic article, the user has to select the related prepacks manually in

advance.

Business Benefits:

- Less manual maintenance effort for the user

- Automation level by offline processing with active follow-up processing

Target Group:

Users responsible for article discontinuation

Page 319: Functionality EHP4 Final

319 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.14.1.6 Retail-specific POWER list: promotion

Class/Level of Innovation:

Simplification / New Capability

Description:

The promotion POWER list helps promotion planners fulfill their major daily tasks. It should be the

point of entry for all activities. The list can be used via SAP NetWeaver Portal or via SAP NetWeaver

Business Client.

Pain Points:

The promotion manager has to fulfill a lot of different tasks using different transactions. There is no

option to get an overview of the current and planned promotions or to check and trigger follow-on

processes (activation of promotion-specific pricing conditions, announcement to the stores, creating

allocations, and so on).

Business Benefits:

The promotional role is implemented as a business process "to get all-inclusive information about

existing promotions." Therefore, three main business processes are supported:

1) Get all-inclusive information about existing promotions and to create promotions as well as

higher-level promotions

2) Change or delete existing promotions and the related info records and conditions

3) Carry out subsequent processing for promotions

Target Group:

Promotion planner

11.14.1.7 HPR assortment list: buffering logic for processing site-specific sales

data

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / Improvement of existing Feature

Description:

New customizing switch to activate and deactivate new logic to be able to control the buffering logic

for the processing of site-specific sales data will be provided

Pain Points:

Program terminations or very long runtimes affecting the full version, change version, and the

manual request of the high-performance (HPR) assortment list in case of a huge number of

distribution chain-specific and site-specific sales data

Page 320: Functionality EHP4 Final

320 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Business Benefits:

The full version, change version, and the manual request of the HPR assortment list have a shorter

runtime at customers with a huge number of distribution chain-specific and site-specific sales data

Target Group:

System administrator responsible for master data exchange

11.14.2 Retail, Perishables Procurement (BF:

ISR_RET_PERISH_PROCUREMENT - EhP: 4)

Description:

Comprehensive workplace to facilitate the daily work of a perishables buyer focusing on more

manual procurement processes.

Early Adopters:

Retailers and wholesalers who deal with perishables at the corporate level. They are responsible for

decisions about the perishables assortment, the quantity to order, the prices, the suppliers, the

dates, and the distribution. They also have a significant amount of perishable items (as a grocer) in

their regular assortment.

Headline:

Improve Perishables Procurement Overall with All Needed Features

Business Benefits:

Provision of relevant information in the process of perishables procurement

High degree of flexibility by providing different possibilities of doing the daily work from a central

work center

Single point of entry for end users via the work center

Optimal support for the decisions on perishables procurement by providing statistical data on

demand

Reduction of effort for the daily work of a perishable buyer by preparameterization

Multiple usage scenarios covered in the work center

Provision of monitoring capabilities

Use-friendly interface for supporting the decision about quantity, vendor, price, and delivery date

11.14.2.1 Management of the perishables assortment and further

responsibilities

Class/Level of Innovation:

Page 321: Functionality EHP4 Final

321 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

With the area of responsibility, the buyer (or the manager) manages the assignment of the

organizational data such as products, vendors, supplying plants, recipients, and further

organizational data. The result of this assignment is reflected in the area of responsibility that can be

reviewed and printed.

With the definition of the product range (the assortment), the products are specified that are

supposed to be managed (ordered and distributed) for and during the next season and cycle. In case

of a temporary replacement of a buyer, a deputy concept is available as well.

A planned product range can be maintained in advance.

Pain Points:

-Lag of organizational assignment of buyers to their areas of responsibility

-Unconsolidated definition of the product range the buyer is responsible for

-Missing role definition of a buyer and manager

-Lag of flexibility in the maintenance of the responsibilities of a buyer

-Data overload because of missing personalization

Business Benefits:

-The definition of the area of responsibility and the product range enables the perishables buyer to

focus on the assigned data (master data and organizational data)

-The personalization of the setup reduces the data the perishables buyer is working with to the

required scope along the process of perishables procurement

-Efficiency is improved along the process of perishables procurement

-A deputy concept is considered in case of a short-term replacement of a buyer

Target Group:

Perishables buyer in retail and wholesale companies doing the procurement of perishables centrally

11.14.2.2 Management of perishables procurement and distribution

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

The procurement and distribution of perishables is managed in the procurement list and the

distribution list.

Page 322: Functionality EHP4 Final

322 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The procurement list enables the buyer to make the qualified decisions in terms of quantity, source

of supply, delivery date, and prices. The buyer can manage the procurement by product and by

vendor. The results of the procurement list are purchase orders.

The distribution of the perishables is managed out of the distribution list. The distribution list enables

the buyer to allocate the quantities to recipients (stores and customers). For these decisions, the

distribution list provides the relevant information about demands, stocks, and open orders. The

distribution can be based on distribution strategies.

Pain Points:

Missing planning capabilities on the product and vendor level within the same user interface

Lag of flexibility in the process of perishables procurement

Missing information for supporting the decisions about the quantity to order

Insufficient usability of the process of perishables ordering

Lag of transparency in the process of assignment the merchandise to the recipients

Missing distribution strategies in the process of assigning merchandise to recipients

Business Benefits:

-High flexibility by providing different approaches: procure by vendor and by product

-Optimal support through statistical data on demand

-Seamless integration with related areas

-Supporting the decision about quantity, vendor, price, delivery date, and distribution

-Option to initiate procurement from distribution list

-Availability of distribution strategies

-Less frequently used information and functionality are compressed to reduce screen complexity and

visual noise

Target Group:

Perishables buyer in retail and wholesale companies doing the procurement of perishables centrally

11.14.2.3 Work center for perishables procurement

Class/Level of Innovation:

Functionality / New Capability

Description:

Page 323: Functionality EHP4 Final

323 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

This part of the provided service bundle enables to communicate to a central database which holds

the data of IUID managed items. Therefore service interfaces are provided which support to Create

UII entries,

To Change UII entries, To Confirm UII entries by the central database and to Check existence of UII

entries from outside of the central database.

Pain Points:

These interfaces can be integrated into the logistical processes and so they can be used to provide a

consistent update of the central IUID database out of the process flow. This is an important

requirement which needs to be adressed to deliver IUID enabled processes.

Business Benefits:

Out of the box integration to central UII database.

Target Group:

First tier suppliers of defense organizations who need to support IUID. Defense organizations who

have the need to support IUID.

11.14.2.4 Service enabled maintenance of item master data including UII

assignment.

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

UIIs are used to identify serialized items. To identify an item the UII si assigned to the item. This part

of the service bundle provides the capability to use enterprise service interfaces fro the creation and

maintenance of equipment master records. The master data can be created including the UII

assignment. This will be used in scenarios where the production of items adn teh generation and of

UIIs is outside of the master data system. The supported functions are : Create Equipment master

records including UII assignment, Change UII assignment of Equipment Master records, Read

Equipment master records by UII, These Services to maintain equipment master records already exist

and are enhanced to be able to support IUID.

Pain Points:

The Painpoint is to have a reliable service enabled interface for master data maintenance and to

have this interface to be capable to suppor IUID.

Business Benefits:

Out of the box master data maintenance for serialized items incl. UII data.

Target Group:

First tier suppliers of defense organizations who need to support IUID. Defense organizations who

have the need to support IUID.

Page 324: Functionality EHP4 Final

324 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

11.14.2.5 Customer-Supplier communication supporting IUID specific

communication.

Class/Level of Innovation:

ESOA / New Capability

Description:

The IUID relevance of a purchasing process can be defined in cotratcs and purchase orders. The fact

that a specific material which is purchased from a specific supplier shall be IUID managed and

therefor a UII is required to be generated, assigned and delivered ogether with every single item is

defined on purchase oder item level. This part of the service bundle provides the capability to

communicate the IUID relevance between customer and supplier and to send UIIs within the ASN

(advanced shipping notification. The specific functions which are supported are : Send Purchase

order from customers and create sales order at the supplier, Change Sales order based on Purchase

Order Change, Send ASN (Advanced Shipping Notification) incl. UII information, These B2B Services

already exist and are enhanced either by the UII information or by a flag on item level which

transports the information that a UII is required.

Pain Points:

Electronic data interchange between customer and supplier is a vital part of a purchasing and sales

business process. These communication interfaces are enabled to support IUID.

Business Benefits:

Out of the box customer supplier communication which is based on enterprise services and supports

IUID.

Target Group:

First tier suppliers of defense organizations who need to support IUID. Defense organizations who

have the need to support IUID.

11.15 Transportation Management

11.15.1 Supplier Collaboration for Supply Chain Management (BF: ES

Bundle: Supplier Collaboration for Supply Chain Management v3 -

EhP: 4)

Description:

This ES bundle focuses on the supplier collaboration functionality delivered with SAP ICH 5.0 (SAP ICH

is now known as SAP Supply Network Collaboration or SAP SNC). With supplier collaboration

processes, you can cooperate with suppliers of all sizes to reduce transactional costs by replacing fax

and email as primary modes of communication. The B2B integration between systems is performed

using enterprise services. In this way, smaller suppliers without specialized EDI infrastructures can

integrate into the supply network by setting up web access to SAP ICH in their software landscapes.

Page 325: Functionality EHP4 Final

325 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

All they need is Internet access and web browsers. You can deploy SAP ICH as a standalone

application or further integrate it with SAP or non-SAP back-end solutions on the customer and

supplier sides using the delivered enterprise services.

Page 326: Functionality EHP4 Final

326 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

12 Product Development and Manufacturing

12.1 <general>

12.1.1 Batch Traceability & Analytics (BF: ES Bundle: Batch Traceability &

Analytics v3 - EhP: 4)

Description:

This ES Bundle addresses the tracking of batches / lots of material through process, continuous or

discrete production environment. Batch tracking information is coordinated with plant inventory,

laboratory analyses and inventory movement information to provide powerful lot genealogy reports.

This can also be combined with appropriate data on equipment from real-time data systems. With

the help of this bundle, the Batch Tracing can also be achieved beyond company boundaries.

Early Adopters:

All manufacturing industries (especially process and discrete) and repetitive manufacturing, which

uses batch-oriented

processes. Examples: pharmaceuticals, life sciences, chemicals, and so on.

Headline:

Simplify and Streamline the Batch Analysis and Genealogy Process

Business Benefits:

- End-to-end batch traceability to cover a complete supply chain view including, but not limited to

various stages, such

as creation, production, delivery, consumption, and so on

- Enables businesses and plant personnel to analyze and find the root cause of the faulty materials

in these product across the entire supply chain quickly and easily

- Top-down and button-up analysis from a single cockpit

- Enhances plant visibility and enables faster decision

making

12.1.2 Integration of Manufacturing Execution Systems (BF: ES Bundle:

Integration of Manufacturing Execution Systems v3 - EhP: 4)

Description:

The Integration of Manufacturing Execution Systems ES bundle (IMES) offers a way to synchronize

manufacturing-related master data and transactional data between SAP ERP 6.0 and shop floor

systems. This gives the enterprise a real-time view of production processes occurring at

manufacturing locations that may be spread across the globe.

Page 327: Functionality EHP4 Final

327 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

The important topics for EhP4 deliverables are the followings:

- Automotive Production Back flush processing;

- Confirm multi-item order (Mill);

- MTO/ETO Manufacturing including;

- Configuration (ADMEC);

Early Adopters:

All Manufacturers who use SAP ERP for business and production planning, but use third party shop

floor application to execute the production orders. Such manufacturers perpetually face the problem

of inavailability of standard connectivity between the planning systesms(SAP ERP) and the shop floor

applications. This ES bundle enables standard connectivity between SAP ERP and Manufacturing

Execution Systems at shop floor.

Headline:

Overcome the disconnect between The Top Floor and The Shop Floor.

Business Benefits:

- Standard interface for SAP ERP to enable integration of shop floor with the business planning

system.

- Offers a way to syncronize manufacturing related master and transactional data between SAP ERP

6.0 and shop floors systems.

- Enable easy development of Manufacturing Composite Applications

- Eliminate the need to build and maintain custom connectors to SAP Manufacturing processes.

Class/Level of Innovation:

/

12.1.3 PLM Connectivity (BF: ES Bundle: PLM Connectivity - EhP: 4)

Description:

This ES Bundle supports customers in ....

- Facilitates the usage of mySAP PLM as data backbone for business processes, which include Non-

SAP applications, in the area of product development and design.

- Allows the finding of mySAP PLM objects and the retrieval of detailed information mySAP PLM

through Enterprise Services.

Page 328: Functionality EHP4 Final

328 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

13 Sales and Service

13.1.1 Order To Cash (BF: ES Bundle: Order To Cash v3 - EhP: 4)

Description:

Service-enabling around Customer, Customer Quote, Sales Order, Sales Contracts, Customer

Requirement (ATP Check), Outbound Delivery, Proof of Delivery, and Customer Invoice. This ES

bundle allows companies to integrate customer-facing solutions for order entry by creating

customer-, product- and industry-specific composite applications for order entry and status tracking.

13.1.2 Quote to Order for Configurable Products (BF: ES Bundle: Quote to

Order for Configurable Products v2 - EhP: 4)

Description:

This ES bundle provides enterprise services in the ERP area of quote and order and related

documents. It is an extension of the ES bundle Order to Cash add product configuration data to

existing/planned services for quote and order. Further this ES bundle contains services to access

documents in Technical Document Management Connectivity. The ES bundle enables customers and

partners to build individual composite applications for quote/order processing for configurable

products. This allows to integrate/build ISV and custom applications for product selection/guided

selling, graphical configuration, quote and order processing (i.e. ISV/customer specific web-shops)

into ERP quote and order

processing. Furthermore this ES bundle provides the enterprise services for composite applications

to create drawings / output / proposal documents in Technical Document Management Connectivity

attached to quote and order.

13.2 Aftermarket Sales and Service

13.2.1 Customer Service Execution (BF: ES Bundle: Customer Service

Execution v3 - EhP: 4)

Description:

This ES bundle provides enterprise services in the area of SAP ERP 6.0 after market sales and service

covering customer service and support, installed base management, and field service. It facilitates

and extends the usage of SAP Service and Asset Management as the solution for processing service

requests, service orders and service contracts along with installed base information.

13.3 Sales Order Management

13.3.1 Availability Issue Resolution & Backorder Processing (BF: ES

Bundle: Availability Issue Resolution & Backorder Processing v2 -

EhP: 4)

Page 329: Functionality EHP4 Final

329 SAP Enhancement Package 4 for SAP ERP

Description:

This ES bundle enables companies to improve substantially their order fulfillment and overall service

level. It provides flexibility in resolving availability issues by different strategies and

supports interactive backorder resolution required especially for emergency orders.